UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C.  20549
 
FORM 10-K

☒           ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015.
OR
☐           TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From __________ to __________
Commission File Number 1-9720

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
 
16-1434688
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

PAR Technology Park
 
8383 Seneca Turnpike
 
New Hartford, New York
 
13413-4991
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)

 (315) 738-0600
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.02 par value
 
New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes £ No  S

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes £ No S

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes S No £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files) .  Yes S No £

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S‑K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K.    £
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer £
Accelerated Filer £
Non Accelerated Filer £
Smaller reporting company S
   
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes £   No S

As of June 30, 2015, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the shares of voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $47,035,841 based upon the closing price of the Company’s common stock.

The number of shares outstanding of registrant’s common stock, as of February 29, 2016 ─ 15,644,729 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement in connection with its 2016 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 


PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FORM 10-K

Item Number
 
Page
     
 
PART I
 
Item 1.
2
Item 1A.
17
Item 1B.
25
Item 2.
25
Item 3.
26
Item 4.
26
     
 
PART II
 
Item 5.
26
Item 6.
26
Item 7.
27
Item 7A.
45
Item 8.
46
Item 9.
46
Item 9A.
46
     
 
PART III
 
Item 10.
51
Item 11.
51
Item 12.
51
Item 13.
51
Item 14.
51
     
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.
52
Item 16.
95
 

“Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Any statements in this document that do not describe historical facts are forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements in this document (including forward-looking statements regarding the continued health of segments of the hospitality industry, future information technology outsourcing opportunities, an expected increase or decrease in contract funding by the U.S. Government, the impact of current world events on our results of operations, the effects of inflation on our margins, and the effects of interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations on our results of operations) are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  When we use words such as “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “will,” or “expect”, we are making forward-looking statements.  We believe the assumptions and expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, based on information available to us on the date hereof, but we cannot assure you these assumptions and expectations will prove to have been correct or we will take any action we presently may be planning.  We have disclosed certain important factors that could cause our actual future results to differ materially from our current expectation, including: a decline in the volume of purchases made by one or a group of our major customers; risks in technology development and commercialization; risks of downturns in economic conditions generally, and in the quick-service sector of the hospitality market specifically; risks associated with government contracts; risks associated with competition and competitive pricing pressures; and risks related to foreign operations.  Forward-looking statements made in connection with this report are necessarily qualified by these factors.  We are not undertaking to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statement if we obtain new information or upon the occurrence of future events or otherwise.
 
1

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

PART I
Item 1: Business

PAR Technology Corporation (“PAR” or the “Company”) has operations in two distinct business segments: Hospitality and Government.

PAR’s Hospitality business segment, representing approximately 62% of consolidated revenue from continuing operations, provides technology solutions, including software, hardware and a full range of support services, to businesses and organizations within the global hospitality industry that includes restaurants , grocery stores   and specialty retail outlets.  The Company continues to be a leading provider of hospitality management technology solutions to restaurants (the quick service, fast casual and table service categories) with over 75,000 systems installed in over 110 countries.  In addition, the Company is expanding its business into retail, big box retailers, grocery stores, food distribution, and contract food management organizations with PAR’s food safety and task management solution, SureCheck®. These technology solutions are marketed collectively through the Company’s hospitality segment.

PAR’s government segment, representing approximately 38% of consolidated revenue from continuing operations, provides contract services for the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) and federal agencies, specifically in Mission Systems and Intel Solutions.  This segment is dedicated to providing Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (“ISR”) technology and services specializing in the development of advanced signal and image processing and management systems with a focus on geospatial intelligence, geographic information systems, and command and control applications. Additionally, this business provides mission critical telecommunications, satellite command and control, and information technology operations and maintenance services worldwide to the U.S. DoD.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company performed a strategic analysis of its current product and business unit offerings and as a result, entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets of its hotel/spa technology business within the hospitality segment operated under PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc. (“PSMS”) to affiliates of Constellation Software Inc.  This transaction closed on November 4, 2015.  Accordingly, the results of operations of PSMS for fiscal 2015 have been recorded as discontinued operations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements – Discontinued Operations.  All prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.  Refer to Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion, including the terms of the transaction.
 
Information concerning the Company’s industry segments for the two years ended December 31, 2015 is set forth in Note 12 “Segments and Related Information” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

PAR’s corporate headquarters are located at PAR Technology Park, 8383 Seneca Turnpike, New Hartford, NY 13413-4991, and our telephone number is (315) 738-0600.  We maintain facilities for our Hospitality segment in our New Hartford headquarters, as well as Boca Raton, FL, Boulder, CO, San Diego, CA, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China, Staines, United Kingdom, Paris France, Sydney, Australia, Dubai and Markham, Ontario. We maintain Hospitality sales offices worldwide.  The Company’s Government segment is headquartered in Rome, NY.  Our Government segment has employees worldwide in fulfillment of our contract-based support services.

  The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PAR”.  Through PAR’s website (our website address is http://www.partech.com ), our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, proxy statement, and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto are available to interested parties, free of charge.  Information contained on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the term  "PAR" or "Company" as used herein, means PAR Technology Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
Hospitality Segment

PAR’s solutions for the restaurant industry integrate software applications, hardware platforms, software delivery, installation and lifecycle support services.  PAR’s software offerings for the Restaurant market include front-of-store POS software applications, operations management software applications (known as back office software), and enterprise software applications for content management and business intelligence. PAR’s hardware offerings for the Restaurant market include Point-of-Sale (“POS”) terminals, tablets, kitchen systems utilizing printers and/or video monitors, and a wide range of food safety monitoring and task management hardware and software solutions.

As a leading provider of in-store technology to Restaurants, PAR has developed and nurtured, long-term committed relationships with the industry’s three largest organizations, McDonald’s Corporation, Yum! Brands, Inc., and the SUBWAY ® franchisees of Doctor’s Associates Inc.  McDonald’s ® has 36,525 restaurants in more than 100 countries, and PAR has been an approved provider of restaurant technology systems and support services to their organization since 1980.  Yum! Brands ® , which includes Taco Bell ® , KFC ® , and Pizza Hut ® , has been a PAR customer since 1983.  Yum! Brands has over 41,000 restaurants in more than 125 countries, and PAR continues to be a major supplier of in-store technology systems to concepts within the Yum! Brands portfolio.  The Company continues to expand their installed base of hardware technology and services with SUBWAY, which has more than 43,000 restaurants in over 110 countries.  Other significant hospitality chains for which PAR is the POS vendor of choice include the Baskin-Robbins® unit of Dunkin' Brands Group, Inc.,  the Hardee’s ®   and Carl’s Jr. ® units of CKE Restaurants, Inc., Five Guys, Jack-in-the-Box and franchisees of these organizations.

In addition PAR has developed an intelligent checklist solution for food safety temperature measurement and task management automation marketed under the name SureCheck®. During the year, the Company continued to add new accounts utilizing its SureCheck solution, in addition to its existing customers, Wegmans Food Markets, Inc., with its 88 store locations, and Wal-Mart Stores Inc.,  (including Sam’s Clubs), and its 5,224 domestic stores.  These customers have selected the PAR SureCheck solution to provide their food safety and task management requirements.
 
Products

The Company markets its software, hardware and services as an integrated solution or unbundled, on an individual basis.  PAR’s Brink POS® (“Brink”) software is a modern, cloud-based, feature-rich POS platform that seamlessly scales for single and multi-unit operators with traditional and mobile platforms.  PAR hardware offerings, particularly its POS terminals, are highly regarded by the hospitality industry for their broad functionality, reliability, durability, and highest quality.  The Company often sells hardware in combination with services, thereby delivering maximum system performance on a cost-effective basis.  PAR emphasizes the operational and economic value of a bundled, integrated solution, combining software, hardware and services that provide customers a comprehensive solution that enhances efficiencies in restaurant operations, while also providing operational and marketing insights.

Software: Restaurant Market

PAR restaurant software offerings are designed for multi-unit and individual restaurant operators, franchise and the enterprise alike in the three dominant restaurant categories: fast casual restaurants (“FC”), quick serve restaurants (“QSR”) and table service restaurants (“TSR”).  Each of these restaurant categories has distinct operating characteristics and service delivery requirements that are managed by PAR’s Brink and PixelPoint software offerings. PAR’s software is designed to allow customers to configure their technology systems that meets their order entry, food preparation, inventory, and workforce management needs, while capturing real-time transaction data at each location and delivering valuable insight throughout the enterprise.

Brink software is a leading cloud based point of sale (“POS”) software for restaurants, especially the rapidly growing fast casual segment.  As a cloud-native POS platform and a more efficient model than on premised POS software, the need for a back-office server in the restaurant is eliminated. Additionally, the cloud native model simplifies software version control and organizational updates, unlike legacy POS systems. Brink POS software is integrated with features that include but are not limited to loyalty at its core, mobile online ordering, kitchen video system, guest surveys, enterprise reporting, mobile dashboard.

PAR’s PixelPoint® software solution is primarily sold to independent table service and quick serve restaurants through our channel partners.  This integrated software solution includes a point of sale software application, a self-service ordering function, an enterprise back-office management function, and an enterprise level loyalty and gift card information sharing application.
 
PixelPoint Head Office Cloud is a web-based enterprise reporting solution that consolidates restaurant data, and is offered as Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”).  Designed for corporate, field, and site managers, this decision-making tool provides visibility into every restaurant location via a dashboard displaying customer-defined financials, sales analysis, marketing, inventory, and workforce variables.  PAR also offers applications for forecasting, labor scheduling, and inventory management.

Software: Retail Market

The SureCheck software solution provides food safety temperature monitoring and employee task management functionality through the combination of a cloud-based enterprise server application, a PDA-based mobile application and a patented integrated temperature measuring device.  This solution is effective for managing Hazard Analysis & Critical Control Points (“HACCP”) inspection programs for retail and food service organizations, and automates the monitoring of quality risk factors while dramatically lowering the potential for human error.  The SureCheck platform was also designed to help hospitality and retail operators efficiently complete and monitor the compliance of employee tasks while providing insight on abnormal checklist conditions, providing configurable, automated alerts when tasks are behind schedule or out of compliance.  The data captured through this solution is used to manage policy compliance and oversight, loss prevention, safety, merchandising, and other audits unique to the customer.

Hardware

The PAR EverServ ® family of hardware platforms are designed to operate in harsh hospitality environments, be durable and highly functioning, scalable and easily integrated - offering customers competitive performance at a cost-conscious price.  The Company’s hardware platforms, compatible with popular operating systems, support a distributed processing environment and are suitable for a broad range of use and functions within the markets served.  PAR’s open architecture POS platforms are optimized to host the Company’s POS software applications, as well as many third-party POS applications, and are compatible with many peripheral devices.  PAR partners with numerous vendors of complementary in-store peripherals, from cash drawers, card readers and printers to kitchen video systems, allowing the Company to provide a complete solution integrated and delivered by one vendor.
 
PAR currently offers a range of POS hardware platforms, designed to meet and exceed the needs of its customers, regardless of the restaurant concept, the size of the organization or the complexity of its requirements.  PAR’s hardware terminal offerings are primarily comprised of three POS product lines: EverServ 500, EverServ 7000 Series and EverServ 8000 Series.

PAR’s hardware offering, the EverServ 500 platform, is built with the same rugged durability PAR is known for and is a value platform for operators that require fewer features/functions. Its small ergonomic footprint is ideal for installations where space is at a premium. The EverServ 500’s solid state design is quiet, offers low power consumption and minimizes maintenance.

The patented EverServ 7000 series is, designed to offer PAR’s combination of performance, style, ease of service, remote management, flexibility and modularity.  The EverServ 7000 series hardware is built to perform in harsh operating environments, enduring extremely high customer traffic and transaction activities and the difficult restaurant/retail environments that includes grease and liquid spills. The high performance architecture of the 7000 series supports demanding applications and delivers the speed needed to improve customer throughput.
 
The patent pending EverServ 8000 series is designed to offer PAR’s combination of performance, style, ease of service, remote management, flexibility and modularity.  These platforms are designed and developed based on the latest technology platforms from Intel Corporation . The EverServ 8000 series hardware offers the most modern design and one of the smallest footprints available in the market and is built to perform in harsh operating environments, enduring extremely high customer traffic and transaction activities and the difficult restaurant/retail environments that includes grease and liquid spills. The high performance architecture of the series supports demanding applications and delivers the speed needed to improve customer throughput.
 
As a result of market changes and demand of mobile technologies within restaurants and additional hospitality environments, PAR introduced its series of EverServ tablets designed to withstand the harsh hospitality environment and deliver best performance, durability and highest level of up time. The PAR Tablet 8 and PAR Tablet 10 are the latest in series of mobile devices built for the needs of its Hospitality customers, with a rugged design, extended battery life and a lengthy life cycle, providing the best ROI to customers.  PAR’s mobility family of hardware platforms include options such as differing docking and charging stations, the ability to use magnetic cards and payment systems, hand and shoulder straps and holsters to support the variety of product applications.
 
Lastly, with PAR’s growing presence within the Retail market, PAR developed the SureCheck Advantage, an IoT (Internet of Things) mobile solution designed for food quality and task management. SureCheck software and hardware addresses a costly and cumbersome business challenge for large food retailers. Namely; the recording of employee proper preparation and handling of foods so as to reduce the threat of foodborne illness.   SureCheck enables “HACCP” compliance which is the FDA mandated regulatory process while improving operational efficiencies through the digitization outdated traditionally pen and paper processes.  With the SureCheck, users can perform checklists and easily access unlimited compliance data and reports. The platform provides increased operational efficiencies with its patented integrated temperature probe, bar code scanner and RFID infrared temperature readers.

Services

Maintenance and Service

PAR offers a wide range of maintenance and support services as part of its total solution for the hospitality markets we serve.  In North America, the Company provides comprehensive maintenance and installation services for its software, hardware and systems, as well as those of third parties, utilizing PAR-staffed, round-the-clock, central telephone customer support and diagnostic service center in Boulder, CO.  The Company also has direct service capabilities in Australia and South East Asia and China.

In the U.S., PAR maintains a field service network, consisting of over 100 locations, offering on-site service and repair, as well as depot repair and overnight unit replacements.

PAR’s service organization utilizes a suite of software applications that allows PAR to offer value to its customers through the utilization of its extensive and growing knowledge base to diagnose and resolve customer-service issues.  This also enables PAR to compile the kind of in-depth information it needs to identify trends and opportunities.  If an issue arises with our products, PAR’s customer service management software allows a service technician to diagnose the problem remotely, thereby reducing in many cases the requirement for an on-site service call.  PAR’s service organization is further enabled by a customer relationship management system that allows our call center personnel to maintain a profile on each customer’s background, hardware and software details, client service history, and a problem-resolution database.
 
PAR offers customer support services to its Hospitality customers.  The Company believes its ability to offer comprehensive software delivery services (project management, professional services, sraining), direct installation, maintenance, and support services are one of its key differentiators within the Restaurant industry.  PAR works closely with its customers to identify and address the latest hospitality technology requirements by creating interfaces to the latest innovations in operational equipment, including Europay, MasterCard andVisa, digital, and additional solutions located inside and outside of the customer’s premises.  PAR provides systems integration expertise to interface specialized components, including but not limited to video monitors, wireless networks and video surveillance, to meet requirements of its global customers.
 
Installation and Training
 
PAR offers global software configuration, installation, training, and integration services as a normal part of the software or equipment purchase agreement.  PAR also offers complete application training for a location’s staff as well as technical instruction for customers’ information systems personnel.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Within the Hospitality Segment, PAR has dedicated sales teams engaging directly with our tier 1 (representing 2,000 sites and above), tier 2 (101-1,999 sites) and tier 3 (2 – 100 sites) customers.  The Company also has dedicated channel partner executives who solely support our Brink and Pixel partners to effectively position and sell PAR’s software and hardware solutions to a wide range of customers.

Our strategic account sales organization concentrates on large chain, corporate customers and their franchisees globally.  In addition, sales efforts are directed toward franchisees of large chains for which the Company is not necessarily the enterprise POS vendor. The Company’s Brink sales team includes a SMB sales team that focuses on Brink sales to multi-unit operators with 25-350 locations as well as major account sales executives to capture the Tier 1 and Tier 2 Brink target market. The Company’s international direct sales force markets to major global tier 1customers as well as regional international chains in restaurant and retail.  With the support from our global partner team, PAR’s channel partners sell and support PAR PixelPoint in the U.S. and around the globe.

The Company’s indirect sales channel sales representatives enlist and support many well-regarded value-added resellers / partners serving the multi-unit operators, independent restaurant sector and non-foodservice markets such as retail, convenience, amusement parks, movie theaters, cruise lines, spas and other ticketing and entertainment venues.
 
Competition

The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive.  Important competitive variables in the hospitality market include functionality, reliability, quality, pricing, service and support.  In the restaurant market, PAR believes its competitive advantages include the focus on an integrated technology solution offering including cloud-based software, ruggedized purpose-built hardware, advanced development capabilities, extensive domain knowledge and expertise, excellent product reliability, a direct sales force organization, world class support and quick service response.  Most of our significant customers have approved several suppliers offering some form of sophisticated hospitality technology system similar to that of the Company.  PAR’s competition is comprised of traditional and emerging companies including: Oracle Corporation, NCR Corporation and Panasonic Corporation.

Backlog

Due to the nature of the hospitality business, backlog is not significant at any point in time.  The Hospitality segment orders are generally of a short-term nature and are usually booked and shipped in less than 12 months.

Research and Development

The highly technical nature of the Company’s hospitality products requires a significant and continuous research and development effort.  Ongoing product research and quality development efforts are an integral part of all activities within the Company.  Functional and technical enhancements are actively being made to our products to increase customer satisfaction and maintain the high caliber of PAR’s software.  Research and development expenses from continuing operations were approximately $10.2 million in 2015 and $8.9 million in 2014.  The Company capitalizes certain software costs in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic No. 985.  See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV, Item 15 for further discussion.

The Company’s technical staff continuously evaluate new technologies and adopt those that allow PAR to provide significant improvements in customers’ day-to-day systems.  From hand-held wireless devices to advances in internet performance, the Company’s professional services unit is available for consultation on a wide variety of topics including network infrastructures, system functionality, operating system platforms, and hardware expandability.  In addition, the Company has secured strategic partnerships with third-party organizations to offer a variety of credit, debit and gift card payment options.
 
Manufacturing and Suppliers

The Company sources and/or assembles most of its products from standard electronic components, fabricated parts such as printed circuit boards, and mechanical components.  Many assemblies and components are manufactured by third parties to the Company’s specifications.  PAR depends on outside suppliers for the continued availability of its assemblies and components.  Although most items are generally available from a number of different suppliers, PAR purchases certain final assemblies and components from single sources.  Items purchased from single sources include certain POS devices, peripherals, custom molded and tooled components, electronic assemblies and components.  If such a supplier should cease to supply an item, PAR believes new sources could be found to provide the components.  However, added cost and manufacturing delays could result and adversely affect the Company’s performance.  The Company has not experienced significant delays of this nature in the past, but there can be no assurance that delays in delivery due to supply shortages will not occur in the future.

Intellectual Property

The Company owns or has rights to certain patents, copyrights and trademarks.  PAR relies upon non-disclosure agreements, license agreements and applicable domestic and foreign patent, copyright and trademark laws for protection of our intellectual property.  To the extent such protective measures are unsuccessful, or the Company needs to enter into protracted litigation to enforce such rights, the Company’s business could be adversely impacted.  Similarly, there is no assurance that the Company’s products will not become the subject of a third-party claim of infringement or misappropriation.  To the extent such claims result in costly litigation or force the Company to enter into royalty or license agreements, rather than enter into a prolonged dispute, our performance could be adversely impacted.  The Company also licenses certain third-party patents and software with its products.  While PAR maintains strong relationships with its licensors, there is no assurance such relationships will continue or that the licenses will be continued under fees and terms acceptable to the Company.
 
Government Segment

PAR’s Government business provides a range of technical services for the DoD and federal agencies.  This segment is dedicated to serving ISR customers, through specialized development of advanced signal and image processing and management systems with a focus on geospatial intelligence, geographic information systems, and command and control applications. Additionally, this business provides mission critical telecommunications, satellite command and control, and information technology operations and maintenance services worldwide to the U.S. DoD.

The business is organized in two operating sectors that provide comprehensive service offerings across their customer base ISR Solutions and mission systems.

The ISR solutions sector provides systems engineering support and software-based solutions. Expertise ranges from theoretical and experimental studies to development and fielding of operational prototypes. PAR’s employees are: experienced developers and subject-matter experts in DoD Full Motion Video (“FMV”) formats include MPEG-2, H.264, and standard/high definition (“SD/HD”) support; developers of geospatial and imagery data management, visualization, and exploitation solutions; major contributor to radar systems from inception to operational capabilities; developers and integrators of light weight Electro-Optical (“EO”), Infrared (“IR”), multi and hyperspectral sensor and processing systems; light detection and ranging (“LiDAR”) processing systems; developers of certified systems employing multi and hyperspectral imaging to include target detection and cueing algorithms, IR search and track technology, and algorithms for camouflage detection and buried mines; and developers of geospatial information system (“GIS”)-based modeling solutions.  This sector of the Company has an active business in the development of mobility applications that support the needs of mobile teams with real-time situation awareness and distributed communications.  The ISR solutions sector has a strong legacy in the advanced research, development and productization of geospatial information assurance (“GIA”) technology involving steganography, steganalysis, digital watermarking, and image forensics. These enabling technologies have been used to provide increased protection and security of geospatial data.   The ISR Solutions Sector also provides scientific and technical  support to the US Intelligence Community.
 
The mission systems sector includes three distinct lines of business: telecommunications, satellite control, and information technology services. The telecommunication services include satellite and terrestrial communications operations and maintenance services, which operate elements of the US DoD’s global information grid (“GIG”) in support of the national command authority (President & joint chiefs of staff) and Department of Defense. Additionally, PAR operates the U.S. navy’s only satellite operations center providing tracking, telemetry and control of several space-based satellite communication constellations. Finally, the Company’s mission systems sector provides IT services ranging from advanced systems management to help desk support. Approximately 50% of this sector’s global footprint is outside the continental US with contracts in Europe, Africa, Australia, and US Commonwealths and Territories in the Pacific and Caribbean. The Company has strong and enduring relationships with a diverse set of customers throughout the U.S. DoD and federal government. PAR’s track record delivering mission critical services to their government customers spans decades, and includes contracts continuing 15 years or more. The Company works closely with its customers, with the vast majority of the mission systems sector employees co-located at customer sites. PAR’s strong relationships and on-site presence with customers enable the Company to develop deep customer and technical domain knowledge, and translate mission understanding into exemplary program execution and continued demand for its services.

PAR focuses its business in five service areas:

ISR:
Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance:   The Company provides a variety of geospatial intelligence solutions including full motion video, geospatial information assurance, raster imagery, and LiDAR.  In depth expertise in these domains provides government customers and large systems integrators with key technologies supporting a range of applications from strategic enterprise systems to tactical individual users.  Furthermore, PAR has developed a number of products relative to these advanced technologies and provides integration and training support.

Mission Systems:

Systems Engineering & Evaluation:   The Company integrates and tests EO, IR, Radar, and multi/hyper-spectral sensor systems for a broad range of government and industry surveillance applications.  The Company designs and integrates radar sensor systems including experimentation, demonstration, and test support.  The Company also provides scientific and technical engineering and analysis to intelligence community customers, as well as program management services for the acquisition, development, and deployment of advanced prototypes and quick reaction systems.
 
Satellite & Telecommunications Services The Company provides a wide range of technical and support services to sustain mission critical components of the DoD’s global information grid (“GIG”).  These services include continuous 24/7/365 operations, system enhancements and associated maintenance of very low frequency (“VLF”), high frequency (“HF”) and very high frequency (“VHF”) ground-based radio transmitter/receiver facilities. Additionally, the Company operates and maintains several extremely high frequency (“EHF”) and super high frequency (“SHF”) satellite communication earth terminals and teleport facilities.  The DoD communications earth stations operated by the Company is the primary communications infrastructure utilized by the national command authority and military services to exercise command and control of the nation’s air, land and naval forces and provide support to allied coalition forces.

Space & Satellite Control Services:   The Company provides satellite operation, management, and maintenance services in support of satellite control center operations.  Primary services include satellite telemetry monitoring, tracking and command support, and satellite control in order to provide reliable space-based satellite services conducting command, control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance (“C4ISR”) operations.  The Company delivers services in support of satellite telemetry, tracking, control and remote terminal operations from 7 locations worldwide.

Information Technology/Systems Services:   The Company   provides information technology services to the DoD and federal agencies. These services include helpdesk services, systems administration, network administration, information assurance and systems security, database administration, telephone systems management, testing and testbed management, and ITIL-based service management.

Government Contracts

The Company performs work for U.S. Government agencies under firm fixed-price, cost-plus-fixed-fee, and time-and-material contracts.  The majority of these contracts have a period of performance of one to five years.  There are several risks associated with government contracting.  For instance, contracts may be reduced in size, scope and value, as well as modified, delayed and/or cancelled depending upon the government’s requests, budgets, policies and/or changes in regulations.  Contracts can also be terminated for the convenience of the government at any time the government believes that such termination would be in its best interests.  In this circumstance, the Company is entitled to receive payments for its allowable costs and, in general, a proportionate share of its fee or profit for the work actually performed.  The Company may also perform work prior to formal authorization or prior to adjustment of the contract price for increased work scope, change orders and other funding adjustments.  In this situation, the Company is performing the work under our own risk and would be responsible for any costs incurred during this time.  Additionally, the defense contract audit agency regularly audits the financial records of the Company.  Such audits can result in adjustments to contract costs and fees.  Audits have been completed through the Company’s fiscal year 2013 and have not resulted in any material adjustments.
 
Marketing and Competition

Contracts are obtained principally through competitive proposals in response to solicitations from government organizations and prime contractors.  In addition, the Company sometimes obtains contracts by submitting unsolicited proposals.  Although the Company believes it is well positioned in its business areas, competition for government contracts is intense.  Many of the Company’s competitors are major corporations, or subsidiaries thereof, that are significantly larger and have substantially greater financial resources.  The Company also competes with many smaller, economically disadvantaged companies, many of which are designated by the government for preferential “set aside” treatment, that target particular segments of the government contract market.  The principal competitive factors are past performance, the ability to perform the statement of work, price, technological capabilities, management capabilities and service.  Many of the Company’s department of defense customers are now migrating to low-price/technically acceptable procurements while leveraging commercial software standards, applications, and solutions.

Backlog

The value of existing Government contracts at December 31, 2015, net of amounts relating to work performed to that date was approximately $101.2 million, of which $48.4 million was funded.  The value of existing Government contracts at December 31, 2014, net of amounts relating to work performed to that date was approximately $100.4 million, of which $53.9 million was funded.  Funded amounts represent those amounts committed under contract by Government agencies and prime contractors.  The December 31, 2015 Government contract backlog of $101.2 million represents firm, existing contracts.  Of this backlog amount, approximately $64.8 million is expected to be completed in calendar year 2016, as funding is committed.
 
Employees

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had 1,010 employees, approximately 54% of whom were engaged in the Company’s Hospitality segment, 41% of whom were in the Government segment, and 5% of whom were corporate employees.

Due to the highly technical nature of the Company’s business, the Company’s future can be significantly influenced by its ability to attract and retain its technical staff.  The Company believes it has and will be able to continue to fulfill its near-term needs for technical staff.

Approximately 13% of the Company’s employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.  The Company considers its employee relations to be good.
 
Item 1A Risk Factors

The Company operates in a dynamic and rapidly changing environment involving numerous risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and many of which are outside of the Company's control.  In addition to the other information in this report and the Company’s other filings the following section describes some, but not all, of the risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our common stock, and could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements.
 
Our future operating results are difficult to predict and are subject to fluctuations.
 
Our future operating results, including revenues, gross margins, operating expenses and net income (loss), have fluctuated on a quarterly and annual basis, are difficult to predict, and may be materially affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

the dependency on business from major accounts which can, at will, reduce or eliminate on-going business

the ability to hire, retain and motivate qualified employees to meet the demands of our business;

the effects of adverse macroeconomic conditions in the United States and international markets, especially in light of the continued challenges in global credit and financial markets;

the level of demand and purchase orders from our customers, and our ability to adjust to changes in demand and purchase order patterns;

the timing of our new product announcements or introductions, as well as those by our competitors;

the ability of our third party suppliers, subcontractors and manufactures to supply us with sufficient quantities of high quality products or components, on a timely basis;

the effectiveness of our efforts to reduce product costs and manage operating expenses;

changes in customer demand for our products;

the ability to timely produce the products our customers seek to satisfy their technology requirements;

potential significant litigation-related costs;

intellectual property disputes;

costs related to compliance with increasing worldwide environmental and other regulations; and
 
the effects of public health emergencies, natural disasters, security risk, terrorist activities, international conflicts and other events beyond our control.

As a result of these and other factors, there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience significant fluctuations in future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis.  In addition, if our operating results do not meet the expectations of investors, the market price of our common stock may decline.
 
Our stock price has been volatile and may fluctuate in the future.
 
The trading price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate significantly.  Such fluctuations may be influenced by many factors, including:

the concentration of beneficial ownership of our common stock by Dr. John W. Sammon, Director and of PAR’s Board of Directors.

the liquidity of the market for our common stock;

the limited availability of earnings estimates and supporting research by investment analysts;

our performance and prospects;

the performance and prospects of our major customers;

investor perception of our company and the industry in which we operate;

uncertainty regarding domestic and international political conditions, including tax policies; and

the volatility of the financial markets;

uncertainty regarding the prospects of domestic and foreign economies;

Public stock markets have recently experienced price and trading volume volatility.  This volatility significantly affected the market prices of securities of many technology companies and the return of such volatility could result in broad market fluctuations that could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock for indefinite periods.  In addition, fluctuations in our stock price, volume of shares traded, and changes in our trading multiples may make our stock attractive to certain categories of investors who often shift funds into and out of stocks rapidly, exacerbating price fluctuations in either direction.
 
A decline in the volume of purchases made by any one of the company’s major customers would materially adversely affect our business.

A small number of related customers have historically accounted for a majority of the Company’s net revenues in any given fiscal period.  For each of the fiscal years ended December 31,

2015 and 2014, aggregate sales to our top two Hospitality segment customers, McDonald’s Corporation and Yum! Brands, Inc., consisting of KFC, Taco Bell and Pizza Hut, amounted to 19% and 10% and 16% and 12% of total revenues from continuing operations, respectively.  Most of the Company’s customers are not obligated to provide us with any minimum level of future purchases or with binding forecasts of product purchases for any future period.  In addition, major customers may elect to delay or otherwise change the timing of orders in a manner that could adversely affect the Company’s quarterly and annual results of operations.  There can be no assurance our current customers will continue to place orders with us, or we will be able to obtain orders from new customers.

An inability to produce new products that keep pace with technological developments and changing market conditions could result in a loss of market share .

The products we sell are subject to continual changes and additions to our features and functionality.  Our traditional competitors offer products that have an increasingly wider range of features and capabilities.  A number of new competitors in our restaurant technology business are well funded and are adding features and functionality rapidly. We believe that in order to compete effectively, we must provide systems incorporating new technologies at competitive prices.  There can be no assurance we will be able to continue funding research and development at levels sufficient to enhance our current product offerings, or the Company will be able to develop and introduce on a timely basis, new products that keep pace with technological developments and emerging industry standards and address the evolving needs of customers.  There also can be no assurance we will not experience difficulties that will result in delaying or preventing the successful development, introduction and marketing of new products in our existing markets, or our new products and product enhancements will adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace or achieve any significant degree of market acceptance.  Likewise, there can be no assurance as to the acceptance of our products in new markets, nor can there be any assurance as to the success of our penetration of these markets, nor to the revenue or profit margins realized by the Company with respect to these products.  If any of our competitors were to introduce superior software products at competitive prices, or if our software products no longer meet the needs of the marketplace due to technological developments and emerging industry standards, our software products may no longer retain any significant market share.
 
We generate much of our revenue from the hospitality   industry and therefore are subject to decreased revenues in the event of a downturn in that industry.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we derived 62% and 60%, respectively, of our total revenues from continuing operations from the hospitality industry, primarily the QSR market.  Consequently, our hospitality technology product sales are dependent in large part on the health of the hospitality industry, which in turn is dependent on the domestic and international economy, as well as factors such as consumer buying preferences.  Instabilities or downturns in the hospitality market could disproportionately impact our revenues, as clients may exit the industry or delay, cancel or reduce planned expenditures for our products.  Although we believe we can succeed in the quick service restaurant sector of the hospitality industry in a competitive environment, given the cyclical nature of that industry, there can be no assurance our profitability and growth will continue.

we face extensive competition in the markets in which we operate, and our failure to compete effectively could result in price reductions and/or decreased demand for our products and services.

Several competing suppliers offer hospitality management systems similar to ours.  Some of these competitors are larger than PAR and have access to substantially greater financial and other resources and, consequently, may be able to obtain more favorable terms than we can for components and subassemblies incorporated into these hospitality technology products.  The rapid rate of technological change in the hospitality segment makes it likely we will face competition from new products designed by companies not currently competing with us.  These new products may have features not currently available from us.  We believe our competitive ability depends on our total solution offering, our experience in the industry, our product development and systems integration capability, our direct sales force and our customer service organization.  There is no assurance; however, we will be able to compete effectively in the hospitality technology market in the future.

Our government contracting business has been focused on niche offerings, reflecting our expertise, primarily in the areas of intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance, systems engineering & evaluation, satellite and telecommunications services  and information technology/systems services.  Many of our competitors are larger and have substantially greater financial resources and broader capabilities in information technology.  We also compete with smaller companies, many of which are designated by the government for preferential “set aside” treatment, that target particular segments of the government market and may have superior capabilities in a particular segment.  These companies may be better positioned to obtain contracts through competitive proposals.  Consequently, there are no assurances we will continue to win government contracts as a direct contractor or indirect subcontractor.
 
ineffective internal controls could impact the company’s business and financial results

The Company's internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If the Company fails to maintain the adequacy of its internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if the Company experiences difficulties in their implementation, the Company's business and financial results could be harmed and the Company could fail to meet its financial reporting obligations. Such as, in connection with management’s evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, management determined that the Company did not maintain effective controls over the pre-hiring diligence procedures which failed to require the completion of satisfactory background investigation, which should have included credit and other public record and media checks for accounting and financial hires to the extent permitted by applicable law.  In addition, our procedures relating to treasury transactions did not require sufficient sign-off documentation and review thereof with respect to approvals required prior to initiating treasury transactions, and as a result, documentation describing the transaction, confirming its execution and evidencing the required approvals did not exist or was significantly deficient, thus impeding prevention or early detection of the improper actions.  While the Company is in the process of improving its internal controls and the material weakness will continue to exist until the remediation actions described in Item 9A, Controls and Procedures, are fully implemented and tested. If the new controls being implemented to address the material weakness and to strengthen the overall internal control over onboarding and treasury transactions are not designed or do not operate effectively, if the Company is unsuccessful in implementing or following these new processes or is otherwise unable to remediate this material weakness, this may result in untimely or inaccurate reporting of the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
We HAVE conductED an internal investigation into certain unauthorized transactions, and may become subject to regulatory scrutiny
 
We have identified that certain wire transfers were effected during the period between September 25, 2015 and November 6, 2015 involving the unauthorized transfer of Company funds, without documentation, in contravention of the Company’s policies and procedures.  The unauthorized investments occurred during the period between September 25, 2015 and November 6, 2015. The employment of Michael S. Bartusek, the Company’s Vice President and Chief Financial Officer was terminated effective March 14, 2016 for cause in connection with these unauthorized investments made in contravention of the Company’s policies and procedures.  Mr. Bartusek had been hired by the Company into those positions effective July 20, 2015.  These funds collectively total $776,000.  Upon evaluation of the circumstances under which such unauthorized investments were made, the Company determined that internal control weaknesses existed that permitted these wire transfers to be initiated, processed, and completed without obtaining necessary approvals.  This matter was reported by management to the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, comprised solely of independent directors.  Under direction of the Audit Committee an investigation was commenced and completed.  The investigation was led by outside counsel, who engaged an independent forensic consultant to assist in the matter.  As directed by the Audit Committee, the Company has reported this matter to federal law enforcement agencies, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 The internal investigation is complete, although the Company continues to pursue recovery of the transferred funds.  We are presently unable to predict whether the SEC or other law enforcement agency will commence their own investigation or determine whether there have been violations of federal laws and regulations.  We have not to date determined whether any of the activities in question violated any applicable laws.  However, if any federal authorities were to ultimately determine that the Company violated any laws or regulations, the Company may be exposed to a broad range of civil and criminal sanctions including, but not limited to, injunctive relief, disgorgement, fines, penalties, modifications to business practices including the termination or modification of existing business relationships, the imposition of compliance programs and the retention of a monitor to oversee future compliance by the Company. These investigations and any potential proceedings resulting therefrom could be costly and burdensome to our management, and could adversely impact our business, prospects, reputation, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations or cash flows. Even if an inquiry or investigation does not result in any adverse determinations, it potentially could create negative publicity and give rise to third-party litigation or other actions.
 
we may not be able to meet the unique operational, legal and financial challenges that relate to our international operations, which may limit the growth of our business.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014, our net revenues from sales outside the United States were 14% and 13%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues from continuing operations.  We intend to continue to expand our operations outside the United States and to enter additional international markets, which will require significant management attention and financial resources.  Our operating results are subject to the risks inherent in international sales, including, but not limited to, regulatory requirements, political and economic changes and disruptions, geopolitical disputes and war, transportation delays, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign sales operations, and potentially adverse tax consequences.  In addition, fluctuations in exchange rates may render our products less competitive relative to local product offerings, or could result in foreign exchange losses, depending upon the currency in which we sell our products.  There can be no assurance these factors will not have a material adverse effect on our future international sales and, consequently, on our operating results.

Any failure by the Company to execute planned cost reduction measures timely and successfully could result in total costs and expenses that are greater than expected or the failure to meet operational goals as a result of such actions.

In April 2015, the Company announced restructuring actions primarily to reduce cost and expense structure in our hospitality segment and the Company’s corporate organization. The Company expects to realize cost savings now and in the future through these cost and expense actions and may announce future actions to further reduce its worldwide workforce and/or centralize its operations. The risks associated with these actions include potential delays in their implementation, particularly workforce reductions; increased costs associated with such actions; decreases in employee morale and the failure to meet operational targets due to unplanned departures of employees, particularly key employees and sales employees.

we derive a portion of our revenue from u.s. government contracts, which contain provisions unique to public sector customers, including the u.s. government’s right to modify or terminate these contracts at any time.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we derived 38% and 40%, respectively, of our total revenues from continuing operations from contracts to provide technical expertise to government organizations and prime contractors.  In any year, the majority of our government contracting activity is associated with the U.S. Department of Defense.  Contracts with the U.S. government typically provide that such contracts are terminable, in full or in part, at the convenience of the U.S. government.  If the U.S. government terminated a contract on this basis, we would be entitled to receive payment for our allowable costs and, in general, a proportionate share of our fee or profit for work actually performed.  Most U.S. government contracts are also subject to modification or termination in the event of changes in funding.  As such, we may perform work prior to formal authorization, or the contract prices may be adjusted for changes in scope of work.  Termination or modification of a substantial number of our U.S. government contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, the general uncertainty in U.S. defense total workforce policies (military, civilian and contract), procurement cycles and spending levels for the next several years may impact the performance of this business.  Specifically, the Company could experience reductions in revenue as a result of the U.S. government in-sourcing its current service contracts or the Company could experience a reduction of funding due to U.S. government sequester or other funding reductions.

We perform work for various U.S. government agencies and departments pursuant to fixed-price, cost-plus fixed fee and time-and-material prime contracts and subcontracts.  Approximately 45% of the revenue that we derived from government contracts for the year ended December 31, 2015 came from fixed-price or time-and-material contracts.  The balance of the revenue that we derived from government contracts in 2015 primarily came from cost-plus fixed fee contracts.  Most of our contracts are for one-year to five-year terms.

While fixed-price contracts allow us to benefit from cost savings, they also expose us to the risk of cost overruns.  If the initial estimates we use for calculating the contract price are incorrect, we can incur losses on those contracts.  In addition, some of our governmental contracts have provisions relating to cost controls, and audit rights and if we fail to meet the terms specified in those contracts, then we may not realize their full benefits.  Lower earnings caused by cost overruns would have an adverse effect on our financial results.

Under time-and-materials contracts, we are paid for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and for certain expenses.  Under cost-plus fixed fee contracts, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and paid a fixed fee.  However, if our costs under either of these types of contract exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable under the provisions of the contract or applicable regulations, we may not be able to obtain reimbursement for all of our costs.
 
If we are unable to control costs incurred in performing under each type of contract, such inability to control costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.  Cost over-runs also may adversely affect our ability to sustain existing programs and obtain future contract awards.
 
a portion of our total assets consists of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, which are subject to a periodic impairment analysis and a significant impairment determination in any future period, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations even without a significant loss of revenue or increase in cash expenses attributable to such period.
 
We have goodwill and identifiable intangible assets at December 31, 2015 totaling approximately $11.1 million and $10.9 million, respectively; resulting primarily from business acquisitions and internally developed capitalized software.  The Company tests goodwill and identifiable intangible assets for impairment annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We describe the impairment testing process and results of this testing more thoroughly herein in Item 7 under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies.” If we determine an impairment has occurred at any point in time, we will be required to reduce goodwill or identifiable intangible assets on our balance sheet.
 
Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

None.
 
Item 2: Properties

The following are the principal facilities (by square footage) of the Company:

Location
Industry  Segment
Floor Area Principal Operations
Number of Sq. Ft.
       
New Hartford, NY
Hospitality
Principal executive offices,
manufacturing, research and
development laboratories, sales,
service, wellness, and
computing facilities
216,800
 
Rome, NY
Government
Research and development
30,800
       
Sydney, Australia
Hospitality
Sales and service
14,400
Boca Raton, FL
Hospitality
Research and development
11,470
Markham, Ontario
Hospitality
Research and development
11,100
Boulder, CO
Hospitality
Service
10,700
 
The Company’s headquarters and principal business facility is located in New Hartford, NY, which is near Utica, in central New York State.  In addition to those noted above, the Company maintains smaller facilities in San Diego, California, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China, Staines, United Kingdom, Dubai and Paris France.

The Company owns its principal facility and adjacent space in New Hartford.  All of the other facilities are leased for varying terms.  Substantially all of the Company’s facilities are fully utilized, well maintained, and suitable for use.  The Company believes its present and planned facilities and equipment are adequate to service its current and immediately foreseeable business needs.

Item 3: Legal Proceedings

The Company is subject to legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not materially affect the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

Item 4: Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.

PART II

Item 5: Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s common stock, par value $0.02 per share, trades on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE symbol - PAR).  At December 31, 2015, there were approximately 424 owners of record of the Company’s common stock, plus those owners whose stock certificates are held by brokers.

The following table shows the high and low stock prices for the two years ended December 31, 2015 as reported by New York Stock Exchange:

   
2015
   
2014
 
Period
 
Low
   
High
   
Low
   
High
 
                         
First quarter
 
$
4.03
   
$
6.04
   
$
4.65
   
$
5.50
 
Second quarter
 
$
3.80
   
$
4.98
   
$
4.12
   
$
4.99
 
Third quarter
 
$
4.11
   
$
5.29
   
$
3.78
   
$
5.24
 
Fourth quarter
 
$
5.12
   
$
7.39
   
$
4.28
   
$
6.18
 
 
The Company has not paid cash dividends on its common stock, and the Company presently intends to continue to retain earnings for reinvestment in growth opportunities.  Accordingly, it is anticipated no cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

Item 6: Selected Financial Data

Not Required.
 
Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Forward-Looking Statements

This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Any statements in this document that do not describe historical facts are forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements in this document (including forward-looking statements regarding the continued health of segments of the hospitality industry, future information technology outsourcing opportunities, an expected increase or decrease in contract funding by the U.S. Government, the impact of current world events on our results of operations, the effects of inflation on our margins, and the effects of interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations on our results of operations) are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the private securities litigation reform act of 1995.  When we use words such as “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “will,” or “expect”, we are making forward-looking statements.  We believe the assumptions and expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable based on information available to us on the date hereof, but we cannot assure you these assumptions and expectations will prove to have been correct or we will take any action that we presently may be planning.  We have disclosed certain important factors that could cause our actual future results to differ materially from our current expectations, including: a decline in the volume of purchases made by one or a group of our major customers; risks in technology development and commercialization; risks of downturns in economic conditions generally, and in the quick-service sector of the hospitality market specifically; risks associated with government contracts; risks associated with competition and competitive pricing pressures; and risks related to foreign operations.  Forward-looking statements made in connection with this report are necessarily qualified by these factors.  We are not undertaking to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements if we obtain new information or upon the occurrence of future events or otherwise.

Overview
 
PAR's technology solutions for the hospitality segment feature software, hardware and support services tailored for the needs of restaurants and retailers.  The Company's government segment provides technical expertise in the contract development of advanced systems and software solutions for the U.S. Department of Defense and other federal agencies, as well as information technology and communications support services to the U.S. Department of Defense.
 
The Company's products sold in the hospitality segment are utilized in a wide range of applications by thousands of customers.  The Company faces competition across all of its markets within the hospitality segment, competing on the basis of product design, features and functionality, quality and reliability, price, customer service, and delivery capability.  PAR's continuing strategy is to provide complete integrated technology solutions with industry leading customer service in the markets in which it participates.  The Company conducts its research and development efforts to create innovative technology offerings that meet and exceed customer requirements and also have a high probability for broader market appeal and success.

The Company is focused on expanding its hospitality businesses through its product investments and continued development of its cloud based software applications.  These products include its Brink POS software within the fast casual market, with integrated features that include loyalty, mobile online ordering, kitchen video system, guest surveys, enterprise reporting, mobile dashboard, and much more.  In addition, the Company is investing in the enhancement of existing software applications and the development of the Company's SureCheck® solution for food safety and task management applications.  To support growth of these products, the Company continues to expand its direct sales force and third-party distribution channels.

The Quick Serve Restaurant market, PAR's primary market, continues to perform well for the majority of large, international companies.  PAR primarily sells its hardware platforms to this market, specifically, within our Tier 1 clients.

The focus of the Company’s Government business is to expand its services and solutions business lines. Through outstanding performance of existing service contracts and investing in enhancing its business development capabilities, the Company is able to consistently win renewal of expiring contracts, extend existing contracts, and secure additional new business.  With its intellectual property and investment in new technologies, the Company provides solutions to the U.S. Department of Defense and other federal/state agencies with systems integration, products and highly-specialized services.  The general uncertainty in U.S. defense total workforce policies (military, civilian and contract), procurement cycles and spending levels for the next several years, may impact the performance of this business.

Results of Operations — 2015 Compared to 2014

During the year ending December 31, 2015, the Company performed a strategic analysis of its current product and business unit offerings and as a result, entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets of its hotel/spa technology business operated under PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc. (“PSMS”) to affiliates of Constellation Software Inc.  This transaction closed on November 4, 2015.  Accordingly, the results of operations of PSMS have been classified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operation and Cash Flows in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) ASC 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements – Discontinued Operations.  Additionally, the assets and associated liabilities have been classified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  All prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.  Refer to Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion, including the terms of the transaction.
 
The Company reported revenues of $229.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 5.1% from the $217.9 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2014.  PAR’s revenue from its hospitality segment of $141.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 8.4% compared to the $130.2 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2014.  PAR’s government segment reported revenues of $87.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a slight increase from the $87.7 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2014. PAR reported net income from continuing operations of $4.0 million or $0.26 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2015 versus $71,000 or $0.00 per diluted share for the same period in 2014.  For fiscal year 2015 and 2014, the Company reported a net loss from discontinued operations of $4.9 million or $0.32 loss per share versus a loss of $3.7 million or $0.24 loss per share, respectively.

Product revenues were $94.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 11.7% from the $84.5 million recorded in 2014.  This increase was primarily driven by higher revenues generated from the Company’s global tier 1 accounts. In addition, growth within the Company’s domestic tier one accounts and new accounts established through the acquisition of Brink contributed to the revenue increase as compared to prior year.

Service revenues were $46.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 2.3% from the $45.7 million reported for the same period in 2014.  The increase is the result of the Company diversifying its revenue with a higher recurring revenue base through its software contracts, specifically software sold as a service and other revenue streams generated through post contract support offerings.
 
Contract revenues were $87.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $87.7 million reported for the same period in 2014, an increase of 0.2%.  This increase is driven by increased activity within the Company’s intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance contracts slightly offset by a reduction in revenue generated from mission systems contracts.
 
Product margins for the year ended December 31, 2015 were 27.8%, a decrease from 30.3% for the same period in 2014.  During the year negatively impacting the overall product margins were a high volume of lower margin peripheral devices sold to our largest hospitality customers and a larger deployment of higher margin software for a specific rollout in 2014 that did not recur in 2015.

Service margins were 29.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase from the 23.4% recorded for the same period in 2014.  The increase is a result of favorable service revenue mix during the year.  The primary driver is the continued growth of revenue streams within the Company’s software platforms sold as a service.  In addition, the Company experienced a high volume of its time and material revenue within PAR’s repair center.
 
Contract margins were 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 6.1% for the same period in 2014.  This variance is the result of a favorable performance in fixed price contracts and lower product development costs in 2015.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $28.3 million for the year ending December 31, 2015, compared to $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The decrease is primarily attributable to lower equity based compensation expense and the Company’s execution of cost reduction initiatives within its hospitality segment operations.  The Company continues to monitor its cost structure, including strategic initiatives to reduce its fixed costs.  Partially offsetting the decrease was severance related expense.
 
Research and development expenses were $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $8.9 million recorded for the same period in 2014.  This increase was primarily related to increased software development costs for products within the hospitality segment, primarily R&D associated with the Company’s Brink POS software application.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $987,000 of amortization expense associated with acquired identifiable intangible assets from the acquisition of Brink that was acquired on September 18, 2014.  The Company recorded $279,000 of amortization expense associated with acquired identifiable intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2014.
 
Other expense, net was $800,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to other income, net of $485,000 for the same period in 2014.  Other income/expense primarily includes fair market value fluctuations of the Company's deferred compensation plan, rental income, net, foreign currency fair value adjustments, and other non-operating income/expense.  The decrease primarily relates to a write off of $776,000 for investments, and lower rental income received during the year.   The investment write-off of $776,000 in fiscal year 2015 represents the write-off of unauthorized investments that were made in contravention of the Company’s policies and procedures involving the Company’s funds. The unauthorized investments occurred during the period between September 25, 2015 and November 6, 2015.   As of December 31, 2015, the Company is uncertain of the collectability relating to these investments and as a result, reduced its fair value to zero.  The write-off of the investment resulted in the Company identifying a material weakness over financial reporting as described in Item 9A and also described in footnote 1.

Interest expense represents interest charged on the Company's short-term borrowings and from long-term debt.  Interest expense was $308,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $136,000 for the same period in 2014.  This increase is associated with higher outstanding borrowing in 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company’s effective income tax rate was an expense of 27.2%, compared to expense of 98.1% in 2014.   The variances from the federal statutory rate for 2015 were due to the mix of taxable income from the Company's domestic and foreign jurisdictions.  In 2014, the Company repatriated earnings through the payment of a $5.0 million dividend by its Chinese subsidiary to its domestic parent company, resulting in income tax expense of $2.2 million on those earnings.  The Company considers this a one-time repatriation which helped finance the Brink acquisition and further earnings are considered permanently re-invested.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been cash flow from operations and a line of credit with its bank.  Cash generated from operating activities of continuing operations was $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to cash provided of $9.6 million for the same period in 2014.
 
In 2015, cash was generated from the Company’s operating results plus the add-back of non-cash expenses and a reduction of inventory.  Offsetting significant operating cash flow components include a decrease accounts payable primarily due to the timing of vendor payments and a decrease in customer deposits associated with the Company’s hospitality segment.  In 2014, cash generated from operations was mostly due to the add back of non-cash charges and changes in working capital.  Significant operating cash flow components include cash used to procure inventory required for planned deployments in 2015, as well as cash used through an increase in receivables resulting from significant sales volume recorded late in fiscal year 2014.  Operating cash flow was generated by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses mainly due to the timing of vendor payments associated with the aforementioned growth in inventory and other amounts owed to vendors.  Cash was also generated through the increase in customer deposits associated with the Company’s hospitality segment.

Cash generated from investing activities from continuing operations was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 versus cash used of $8.2 million for the same period in 2014.  In 2015, the Company received cash proceeds of $12.1 million related to the sale of its hotel/spa technology business.  This was offset by the Company wrote-off $776,000 of unauthorized investments that were made in contravention of the Company’s policies and procedures involving the Company’s funds.  Capital expenditures of $1.7 million were primarily for capital improvements made to the Company’s leased properties as well as purchases of computer equipment associated with the Company’s software support service offerings.  Capitalized software was $2.1 million and was used for investments in many of the Company’s hospitality software platforms.  In 2014, the first installment payment associated with the purchase of Brink Software Inc. which accounted for use of approximately $5.0 million of the investing capital.  Capital expenditures of $1.5 million were primarily for capital improvements made to the Company’s leased properties as well as purchases of computer equipment associated with the Company’s software support service offerings.  Capitalized software was $1.7 million and was used for investments in many of the Company’s hospitality software platforms.

Cash used in financing activities from continuing operations was $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 versus cash generated of $4.8 million for the same period in 2014.  In 2015, the Company decreased borrowings on its credit facility by $5.0 million, net and its long-term debt by $0.2 million and benefited $0.5 million from the exercise of employee stock options.  Additionally, the second installment payment associated with the purchase of Brink Software Inc. accounted for approximately $3.0 million was made.  In 2014, the Company borrowed $5.0 million, net on its credit facility in connection with the purchase of Brink Software Inc., and decreased its long term borrowings by $0.2 million.
 
Through June 4, 2014, the Company maintained a credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million in working capital lines of credit (with the option to increase to $30.0 million), which expired in June 2014.  This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.  This credit facility was secured by certain assets of the Company.

On June 5, 2014, the Company executed an amendment to its then existing credit facility to provide for the renewal of the facility through June 2017, with terms generally consistent to those of its prior facility.  This facility provided the Company with capital of up to $20.0 million (with the option to increase to $30.0 million) in the form of a revolving line of credit.  This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.

On September 9, 2014, the Company terminated its existing credit facilities with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million in working capital lines of credit, and the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a new three-year credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A (the Credit Facility). The terms of the Credit Facility provide for up to $25 million of a line of credit, with borrowing availability based on a percentage of value of various assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The new agreement bears interest at the applicable bank rate (3.25% at December 31, 2015) or, at the Company's option, at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread (range of 1.5% – 2.0%).  At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any outstanding balance on this line of credit.  The weighted average interest rate paid by the Company was approximately 3.50% during fiscal year 2015.   The new agreement contains traditional asset based loan covenants and includes covenants regarding earnings before interest, tax, depreciation & amortization (“EBITDA”) and a fixed charge coverage ratio, and provides for acceleration upon the occurrence of customary events of defaults.

On March 19, 2015, the Company amended  the Credit Facility to reduce the EBITDA requirement and extend the fixed charge coverage ratio.  The amendment provides the Company flexibility to continue investing in the Company’s future product offerings while maintaining certain covenant thresholds as defined in the amendment.  On March 16, 2016, the Company received a notice of defaults under its current Credit Facility due to unauthorized investments made during 2015 by the company’s former Chief Financial Officer, which were not permitted investments as defined in the lending agreement.  See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on these unauthorized investments.  These unauthorized investments involved cash transfers totaling $776,000, which amounts have been written off by the Company as of December 31, 2015 (the “Unauthorized Transactions”).  On March 24, 2016 the lender provided waivers of the defaults, subject to certain terms and conditions contained in the waiver, including entry by the Company into a fourth amendment to the Company’s Credit Agreement.
 
On March 24, 2016, based on the waiver received, the Company executed the fourth amendment to its existing Credit Agreement.  Under the terms and conditions of this amendment, the Company has undertaken to engage, and has engaged,  an independent consultant to review its  internal controls relating to financial reporting and authorization procedures for financial transactions (including, without limitation, investments) initiated by the Company’s officers (the “Internal Control Review”).  The company has agreed to deliver to the lender a report prepared by Company’s consultant that sets forth, in reasonable detail, the results of the Internal Control Review, together with a summary of any recommended changes to the Company’s internal control procedures (the “ICR Report”).  To the extent the ICR Report sets forth recommended changes to Borrowers’ internal control procedures (“IC Recommendations”), The Company has agreed to promptly take steps to implement the IC Recommendations in all material respects.  The Company has agreed to provide periodic updates to the lender relating to the Internal Control Review, implementation of IC Recommendations and any ongoing investigations related to the Unauthorized Transactions

In addition to the credit facility described above, the Company has a mortgage loan, collateralized by certain real estate, with a balance of $746,000 and $919,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  This mortgage matures on November 1, 2019.  The Company's fixed interest rate was 4.05% through October 1, 2014.  Beginning on October 1, 2014, the fixed rate was converted to a new rate equal to the then-current five year fixed advanced rate charged by the New York Federal Home Loan bank, plus 225 basis points.  Effective November 1, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement that fixed the interest rate at 4.00% through the maturity date of the loan.  The annual mortgage payment including interest through November 1, 2019 totals $206,000.

In connection with the acquisition of Brink Software Inc. on September 18, 2014, the Company recorded indebtedness to the former owners of Brink Software Inc. under the stock purchase agreement.  At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the principal balance of the note payable was $2.0 million and $5.0 million and it had a carrying value of $1.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively.  The carrying value was based on the note’s estimated fair value at the time of acquisition.  The note does not bear interest and repayment terms are $3.0 million, which was paid on the first anniversary of close, September 18, 2015, and $2.0 million payable on the second anniversary of close, September 18, 2016.
 
During fiscal year 2016, the Company anticipates that its capital requirements will not exceed approximately $3.0 million to $5.0 million.  The Company does not routinely enter into long term contracts with its major hospitality segment customers.  The Company commits to purchasing inventory from its suppliers based on a combination of internal forecasts and actual orders from customers.  This process, along with good relations with suppliers, supports the working capital investment required by the Company.  Although the Company lists two major customers, McDonald’s and Yum! Brands, it sells to hundreds of individual franchisees of these corporations, each of which is individually responsible for its own debts.  These broadly made sales substantially reduce the impact on the Company’s liquidity if one individual franchisee reduces the volume of its purchases from the Company in a given year.  The Company, based on internal forecasts, believes its existing cash, line of credit facilities and its anticipated operating cash flow will be sufficient to meet its cash requirements through the next twelve months.  However, the Company may be required, or could elect, to seek additional funding prior to that time.  The Company’s future capital requirements will depend on many factors including its rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, potential growth through strategic acquisition, expansion of sales and marketing, the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to existing products, and market acceptance of its products.  The Company cannot assure additional equity or debt financing will be available on acceptable terms or at all.  The Company’s sources of liquidity beyond twelve months, in management’s opinion, will be its cash balances on hand at that time, funds provided by operations, funds available through its lines of credit and the long-term credit facilities that it can arrange.

The Company’s future principal payments under its stock purchase agreement with Brink, mortgage and operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Total
   
Less
Than
1 Year
   
1-3 Years
   
3 - 5 Years
   
More than 5
Years
 
Debt obligations
 
$
2,669
   
$
2,103
   
$
383
   
$
183
   
$
-
 
Operating lease
   
5,462
     
1,456
     
2,073
     
1,195
     
738
 
Total
 
$
8,131
   
$
3,559
   
$
2,456
   
$
1,378
   
$
738
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are based on the application of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).  GAAP requires the use of estimates, assumptions, judgments and subjective interpretations of accounting principles that have an impact on the assets, liabilities, revenue and expense amounts reported.  The Company believes its use of estimates and underlying accounting assumptions adhere to GAAP and are consistently applied.  Valuations based on estimates are reviewed for reasonableness and adequacy on a consistent basis throughout the Company.  Primary areas where financial information of the Company is subject to the use of estimates, assumptions and the application of judgment include revenue recognition, accounts receivable, inventories, accounting for business combinations, contingent consideration, goodwill and intangible assets, and taxes.
 
Revenue Recognition Policy
 
Hospitality Contracts
 
Our hospitality segment’s revenues consist of sales of the Company’s standard POS system to the hospitality segment. We derive revenue from the following sources: (1) hardware sales, (2) software license agreements, including perpetual licenses and software as a service, (3) professional services, (4) hosting services and (5) post-contract customer support (" PCS ").
 
We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. Determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report.
 
Hardware

Revenue recognition on hardware sales occurs upon delivery to the customer site (or when shipped for systems that are not installed by the Company) when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
 
Software
 
Revenue recognition on software sales generally occurs upon delivery to the customer, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.  For software sales sold as a perpetual license, typical our Pixel software offering, where the Company is the sole party that has the proprietary knowledge to install the software, revenue is recognized upon installation and when the system is ready to go live.
 
Service
 
Service revenue consists of installation and training services, field and depot repair, subscription software products, associated software maintenance, and software related hosted services.  Installation and training service revenue are based upon standard hourly/daily rates as well as contracted prices with the customer, and revenue is recognized as the services are performed.  Support maintenance and field and depot repair are provided to customers either on a time and materials basis or under a maintenance contract.  Services provided on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are performed.  Service revenues from maintenance contracts are recorded as deferred revenue when billed to the customer and are recognized ratably over the underlying contract period.  Software sold as a service with our Brink and SureCheck software offerings, is recognized based on the contracted price over its contract term.
 
PAR frequently enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers including hardware, software, professional consulting services and maintenance support services. For arrangements involving multiple deliverables, when deliverables include software and non-software products and services, PAR evaluates and separates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of PAR.
 
Multiple element arrangements which include hardware, service, and software offerings are separated  based upon the stand alone price for each individual hardware, service, or software sold in the arrangement irrespective of the combination of products and services which are included in a particular arrangement.  As such, overall consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the unit's relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of selling price (BESP). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. The Company uses BESP to allocate revenue when we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE of selling price. BESP is primarily used for elements such as products that are not consistently priced within a narrow range. The Company determines BESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including product and customer class, geography, average discount, and management's historical pricing practices. Amounts allocated to the delivered hardware and software elements are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Amounts allocated to the undelivered maintenance and other services elements are recognized as the services are provided or on a straight-line basis over the service period. In certain instances, customer acceptance is required prior to the passage of title and risk of loss of the delivered products. In such cases, revenue is not recognized until the customer acceptance is obtained. Delivery and acceptance generally occur in the same reporting period.
 
In situations where PAR’s solutions contain software related services (generally PCS and professional services), revenue is recognized in accordance with authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition.  For the software and software-related elements of such transactions, revenue is allocated based on the relative fair value of each element, and fair value is determined by vender specific objective evidence, where available.  If VSOE is not available for all elements, we will use the residual method to separate the elements as long as we have VSOE for the undelivered elements.  If the Company cannot objectively determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in such multiple-element arrangements, the Company defers the revenue until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements.
 
Government Contracts
 
The Company’s contract revenues generated by the Government segment result primarily from contract services performed for the U.S. Government under a variety of cost-plus fixed fee, time-and-material, and fixed-price contracts.  Revenue on cost-plus fixed fee contracts is recognized based on allowable costs for labor hours delivered, as well as other allowable costs plus the applicable fee.  Revenue on time and material contracts is recognized by multiplying the number of direct labor hours delivered in the performance of the contract by the contract billing rates and adding other direct costs as incurred.  Revenue from fixed-price contracts is recognized as labor hours are delivered, which approximates the straight-line basis of the life of the contract.  The Company’s obligation under these contracts is to provide labor hours to conduct research or to staff facilities with no other deliverables or performance obligations.  Anticipated losses on all contracts are recorded in full when identified.  Unbilled accounts receivable are stated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at their estimated realizable value.  Contract costs, including indirect expenses, are subject to audit and adjustment through negotiations between the Company and U.S. Government representatives.
 
Accounts Receivable-Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowances for doubtful accounts are based on estimates of probable losses related to accounts receivable balances.  The establishment of allowances requires the use of judgment and assumptions regarding probable losses on receivable balances.  The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based on our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that we have identified.  Thus, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, our actual losses may exceed our estimates, and additional allowances would be required.
 
Inventories
 
The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  The Company uses certain estimates and judgments and considers several factors including product demand, changes in customer requirements and changes in technology to provide for excess and obsolescence reserves to properly value inventory.
 
Capitalized Software Development Costs
The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of computer software used in its hospitality segment. Software development costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are charged to operations and included in research and development costs.  The technological feasibility of a computer software product is established when the Company has completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. Software development costs incurred after establishing feasibility ((as defined within ASC 985-20 for software cost related to sold as a perpetual license and ASC-350-40 for software sold as a service) are capitalized and amortized on a product-by-product basis when the product is available for general release to customers.  Annual amortization, charged to cost of sales when the product is available for general release to customers, is computed using the greater of (a) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, generally three to seven years or (b) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product.
 
Accounting for Business Combinations
 
The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. The fair value of the consideration paid is assigned to the underlying net assets of the acquired business based on their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded to goodwill. Intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of the asset. Fair value determinations and useful life estimates are based on, among other factors, estimates of expected future cash flows from revenues of the intangible assets acquired, estimates of appropriate discount rates used to present value expected future cash flows, estimated useful lives of the intangible assets acquired and other factors. Although the Company believes the assumptions and estimates it has made have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based, in part, on historical experience, information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and future expectations. For these and other reasons, actual results may vary significantly from estimated results.
 
Contingent Consideration
 
The Company determines the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration using a discounted cash flow method, with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement.  The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink Software Inc. during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration are established at the time of the acquisition and will be evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  During fiscal year 2015, the Company recorded a $90,000 adjustment to increase the fair value of its contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Brink Software Inc..  This is reflected within other expense on the statement of operations. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations. Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. 
 
Goodwill
 
The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on the first day of the fourth quarter, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment.  The Company operates in two business segments, hospitality and government.  Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the sub-segment level (referred to as a reporting unit).  For fiscal year 2015, the two reporting units utilized by the Company for its impairment testing are: restaurants and government as compared to three reporting units tested in 2014 or restaurants, hotel/spa and government. Goodwill is assigned to a specific reporting unit at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to a specific reporting unit, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.

Goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment, at which time a second step would be performed to measure the amount of impairment.  The second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment.
 
The Company utilizes different methodologies in performing its goodwill impairment test.  For both the government and restaurant reporting units, these methodologies include both an income approach, namely a discounted cash flow method, and multiple market approaches and the guideline public company method and quoted price method.  The valuation methodologies and weightings used in the current year are generally consistent with those used in the Company’s past annual impairment tests.

The discounted cash flow method derives a value by determining the present value of a projected level of income stream, including a terminal value.  This method involves the present value of a series of estimated future cash flows at the valuation date by the application of a discount rate, one which a prudent investor would require before making an investment in the equity of the Company.  The Company considers this method to be most reflective of a market participant’s view of fair value given the current market conditions, as it is based on the Company’s forecasted results and, therefore, established its weighting at 80% of the fair value calculation.

Key assumptions within the Company’s discounted cash flow model utilized for its annual impairment test included projected financial operating results, a long term growth rate of 3% and discount rates ranging from 17.5% to 21%, depending on the reporting unit.  As stated above, as the discounted cash flow method derives value from the present value of a projected level of income stream, a modification to the Company’s projected operating results including changes to the long term growth rate could impact the fair value.  The present value of the cash flows is determined using a discount rate based on the capital structure and capital costs of comparable public companies, as well as company-specific risk premium, as identified by the Company.  A change to the discount rate could impact the fair value determination.

The market approach is a generally-accepted way of determining a value indication of a business, business ownership interest, security or intangible asset by using one or more methods that compare the subject to similar businesses, business ownership interests, securities or intangible assets that have been sold.  There are two methodologies considered under the market approach: the public company method and the quoted price method.
 
The public company method and quoted price method of appraisal are based on the premise that pricing multiples of publicly traded companies can be used as a tool to be applied in valuing closely held companies.  The mechanics of the method require the use of the stock price in conjunction with other factors to create a pricing multiple that can be used, with certain adjustments, to apply against the subject’s similar factor to determine an estimate of value for the subject company.  The Company considered these methods appropriate as they provide an indication of fair value as supported by current market conditions.  The Company established its weighting at 10% of the fair value calculation for the public company method and quoted price method for both the government and restaurant reporting unit.

The most critical assumption underlying the market approaches utilized by the Company are the comparable companies utilized.  Each market approach described above estimates revenue and earnings multiples for the Company based on its comparable companies.  As such, a change to the comparable companies could have an impact on the fair value determination.

The amount of goodwill carried by the restaurant and government reporting units is $10.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively.  The estimated fair value of the restaurant reporting unit exceeds its carrying value by approximately 18%.  The estimated fair value of the government reporting unit is substantially in excess of its carrying value.  There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded for the restaurant and government reporting units for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.
 
During fiscal year 2015, the Company performed a strategic analysis of its current product and business unit offerings and as a result, entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets of its hotel/spa technology business operated under PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc. (“PSMS”) to affiliates of Constellation Software Inc.  This transaction closed on November 4, 2015.  Accordingly, the results of operations of PSMS have been classified as discontinued operations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements – Discontinued Operations.  All prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.  Refer to Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.  At the time of sale, the hotel/spa reporting unit carried approximately $6.1 million of goodwill. Based on the purchase price, the Company recorded a $2.4 million impairment of the goodwill to write down the net assets to its fair value.  In connection with the sale, the Company wrote-off the remaining goodwill balance associated with the hotel/spa reporting unit.

Restaurants:

In deriving its fair value estimates, the Company has utilized key assumptions built on the current core business adjusted to reflect anticipated revenue increases from continued investment in its next generation software.  These assumptions, specifically those included within the discounted cash flow estimate, are comprised of the revenue growth rate, gross margin, operating expenses, working capital requirements, and depreciation and amortization expense.
 
The Company has utilized annual revenue growth rates ranging between 7% and 15%.  The high end growth rate reflects the Company’s projected revenues resulting from the increased install base of Brink POS and SureCheck customers.  These software platforms will expand the Company’s capabilities into new markets.  The Company believes these estimates are reasonable given the size of the overall market which it will enter, combined with the projected market share the Company expects to achieve.  Overall, the projected revenue growth rates ultimately trend to an estimated long term growth rate of 3%.

The Company has utilized gross margin estimates that are reflective of increased recurring revenue from software sold as a service that will exceed historical gross margins achieved.  Estimates of operating expenses, working capital requirements and depreciation and amortization expense utilized for this reporting unit are generally consistent with actual historical amounts, adjusted to reflect its continued investment and projected revenue growth from the Company’s core technology platforms.  The Company believes utilization of actual historical results adjusted to reflect its continued investment in its products is an appropriate basis supporting the fair value of the restaurant reporting unit.

Lastly, the Company utilized a discount rate of approximately 21% for this reporting unit.  This estimate was derived through a combination of current risk-free interest rate data, financial data from companies that PAR has deemed as its competitors, and was based on volatility between the Company’s historical financial projections and actual results achieved.

The current economic conditions and the continued volatility in the U.S. and in many other countries in which the Company operates could contribute to decreased consumer confidence and continued economic uncertainty which may adversely impact the Company’s operating performance.  Although the Company has seen an improvement in the markets which it serves, the continued volatility in these markets could have an impact on purchases of the Company’s products, which could result in a reduction of sales, operating income and cash flows.  Reductions in these results could have a material adverse impact on the underlying estimates used in deriving the fair value of the Company’s reporting units used in support of its annual goodwill impairment test or could result in a triggering event requiring a fair value re-measurement, particularly if the Company is unable to achieve the estimates of revenue growth indicated in the preceding paragraphs These conditions may result in an impairment charge in future periods.
 
Government:

The estimated fair value of the government reporting unit is substantially in excess of its carrying value.  Consistent with prior year methodology, in deriving its fair value estimates, the Company has utilized key assumptions built on the current core business.  These assumptions, specifically those included within the discounted cash flow estimate, are comprised of the revenue growth rate, gross margin, operating expenses, working capital requirements, and depreciation and amortization expense.

The Company has reconciled the aggregate estimated fair value of the reporting units to the market capitalization of the consolidated Company, including a reasonable control premium noting no impairment as of December 31, 2015 or 2014 was recorded.

Deferred Taxes
 
The Company has significant amounts of deferred tax assets that are reviewed for recoverability and valued accordingly.  These assets are evaluated by using estimates of future taxable income and the impact of tax planning strategies.  Valuations related to tax accruals and assets can be impacted by changes to tax codes, changes in statutory tax rates and the Company’s estimates of its future taxable income levels.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report for details of New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

inflation
 
Inflation had little effect on revenues and related costs during 2015.  Management anticipates that margins will be maintained at acceptable levels to minimize the effects of inflation, if any.
 
interest rates

As of December 31, 2015, the Company does not have any variable debt.  The Company believes that an adverse change in interest rates of 100 basis points would not have a material impact on PAR’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
foreign currency
 
The Company's primary exposures relate to certain non-dollar denominated sales and operating expenses in Europe and Asia. These primary currencies are the Great British Pound, the Euro, the Australian dollar, the Singapore dollar and the Chinese Renminbi.  Accordingly, changes in exchange rates may negatively affect our revenue and net income (loss) as expressed in U.S. dollars. We also have foreign currency risk related to foreign currency transactions and monetary assets and liabilities, including intercompany balances denominated in currencies that are not the functional currency. We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income (loss) as a result of gains (losses) on these foreign currency transactions and the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities. To date, the impacts of foreign currency exchange rate changes on our revenues and net income (loss) have not been material. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy.

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The Company’s 2015 consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon of BDO USA, LLP dated March 30, 2016, are included elsewhere herein.  See Part IV, Item 15 for a list of Financial Statements.

Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements With Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.
 
Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

1. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
 
Based on an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2015, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Evaluation Date”), conducted under the supervision of and with the participation of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief accounting officer, performing the function of the principal financial officer, such officers have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the chief executive and financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures, are not effective because of a material weakness over financial reporting as of the Evaluation Date described below.
 
2. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
 
PAR’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act.  The Company’s internal control system has been designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.  Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  Because of inherent limitations due to, for example, the potential for human error or circumvention of controls, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
PAR’s management, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief accounting officer, performing the function of the principal financial officer , assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.  Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in the 2013 “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission. Based on its assessment, based on those criteria, management believes that as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was ineffective and a material weakness existed. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The existence of one or more material weaknesses precludes a conclusion by management that a corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

As mentioned in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company identified certain wire transfers made in connection with unauthorized investments involving Company funds that were in contravention of the Company’s policies and procedures.  The unauthorized investments occurred during the period between September 25, 2015 and November 6, 2015. The employment of Michael S. Bartusek, the Company’s Vice President and Chief Financial Officer was terminated effective March 14, 2016 for cause in connection with these unauthorized investments made in contravention of the Company’s policies and procedures.  Mr. Bartusek had been hired by the Company into those positions effective July 20, 2015.  These funds, collectively, total $776,000.  Upon evaluation of the circumstances under which such unauthorized investments were made, the Company determined that internal control weaknesses existed that permitted these wire transfers to be initiated, processed and completed without obtaining the necessary approvals.  This matter was reported by management to the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, comprised solely of independent directors.  Under the direction of the Independent Audit Committee, an investigation was commenced and completed, although the Company continues to pursue recovery of the funds.  The investigation was led by outside counsel, and they engaged an independent forensic consultant to assist in the matter.  As directed by the Audit Committee, the Company has reported this matter to federal law enforcement agencies, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
We believe that a number of weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting enabled these unauthorized transactions to be effected.  In particular, we have identified that our pre-hiring diligence procedures failed to require the completion of a satisfactory background investigation, which should have included credit and other public record and media checks for accounting and financial hires to the extent permitted by applicable law. In addition, our procedures relating to treasury transactions did not require sufficient sign-off documentation and review thereof with respect to approvals required prior to initiating treasury transactions, and as a result, documentation describing the transaction, confirming its execution and evidencing the required approvals did not exist or was significantly deficient, thus impeding prevention or early detection of the improper actions. While we determined that no material adjustment was required to our previously reported consolidated financial statements, we determined that the aggregation of these internal control deficiencies, combined with the influence and span of control of our former Chief Financial Officer, while such influence and control was limited, resulted in a material weakness in the Company’s internal control environment. To remediate the material weakness, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer has engaged an outside consulting firm to perform a thorough review of its internal controls over financial reporting, specifically, onboarding of new employees and controls over treasury transactions.  The Company will begin to implement the recommendations from the consulting firm during 2016 and anticipates making material changes to such controls to strengthen its internal control environment.

3. Remediation of the Material Weakness.
 
The Company is evaluating the material weakness and developing a plan of remediation to strengthen our overall internal control.  The remediation plan will include the following actions:
 
· We have engaged a consulting firm to perform a thorough review of internal controls over financial reporting, with specific attention given to onboarding of new employees and controls over treasury transactions
 
· We expect to design and implement new onboarding procedures over financial executives and those employees who are responsible for treasury transactions
 
· We expect that the plan of remediation will enhance the formality and rigor of review and approval procedures.
 
The Company is committed to strengthening its internal control environment and believes that these remediation efforts will represent significant improvements in our controls.  The Company has started to implement these steps, however, some of these steps will take time to be fully integrated and confirmed to be effective and sustainable.  Additional controls may also be required over time. Until the remediation steps set forth above are fully implemented and tested, the material weakness described above will continue to exist.
 
4. Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.
 
During the Company’s last fiscal quarter of 2015 (the fourth fiscal quarter), there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13 a-15(f)) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
PART III

Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information required by this item will appear under the caption “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” in our 2016 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 18, 2016, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 11: Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will appear under the caption “Executive Compensation” in our 2016 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 18, 2016, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item will appear under the caption “Security Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners” in our 2016 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 18, 2016, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item will appear under the caption “Executive Compensation” in our 2016 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 18, 2016, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 14: Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The response to this item will appear under the caption “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” in our 2016 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 18, 2016, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV

Item15:
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
 
Form 10-K Page
 
(a) Documents filed as a part of the Form 10-K

 
Financial Statements:
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
53
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014
54
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014
55
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014
56
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014
57
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014
58
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
59

(b) Exhibits
 
See list of exhibits on page 90.
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
PAR Technology Corporation
New Hartford, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PAR Technology Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PAR Technology Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
 
New York, New York
March 30, 2016
 
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 (in thousands, except share amounts)

   
December 31,
 
Assets
 
2015
   
2014
 
Current assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
8,024
   
$
9,867
 
Accounts receivable-net
   
29,530
     
29,674
 
Inventories-net
   
21,499
     
25,928
 
Deferred income taxes
   
6,741
     
4,512
 
Other current assets
   
3,808
     
4,018
 
Assets of discontinued operations
   
-
     
22,119
 
Total current assets
   
69,602
     
96,118
 
Property, plant and equipment - net
   
5,716
     
5,148
 
Note receivable
   
3,320
     
-
 
Deferred income taxes
   
11,038
     
11,357
 
Goodwill
   
11,051
     
11,051
 
Intangible assets - net
   
10,898
     
10,580
 
Other assets
   
3,687
     
3,043
 
Total Assets
 
$
115,312
   
$
137,297
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Current portion of long-term debt
 
$
2,103
   
$
3,173
 
Borrowings under line of credit
   
-
     
5,000
 
Accounts payable
   
11,729
     
19,258
 
Accrued salaries and benefits
   
5,727
     
5,726
 
Accrued expenses
   
6,705
     
6,492
 
Customer deposits
   
180
     
1,242
 
Deferred service revenue
   
10,639
     
10,388
 
Income taxes payable
   
279
     
475
 
Liabilities of discontinued operations
   
441
     
4,617
 
Total current liabilities
   
37,803
     
56,371
 
Long-term debt
   
566
     
2,566
 
Other long-term liabilities
   
8,883
     
8,847
 
Total liabilities
   
47,252
     
67,784
 
Commitments and contingencies
               
Shareholders’ Equity:
               
Preferred stock, $.02 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized
   
-
     
-
 
Common stock, $.02 par value, 29,000,000 shares authorized; 17,352,198 and 17,274,708 shares issued, 15,644,729 and 15,566,599 outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
   
347
     
346
 
Capital in excess of par value
   
45,753
     
44,854
 
Retained earnings
   
30,574
     
31,465
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
(2,778
)
   
(1,316
)
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,708,109 shares
   
(5,836
)
   
(5,836
)
Total shareholders’ equity
   
68,060
     
69,513
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
 
$
115,312
   
$
137,297
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
 
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Net revenues:
           
Product
 
$
94,397
   
$
84,484
 
Service
   
46,754
     
45,690
 
Contract
   
87,852
     
87,689
 
     
229,003
     
217,863
 
Costs of sales:
               
Product
   
68,192
     
58,889
 
Service
   
32,824
     
35,011
 
Contract
   
81,848
     
82,347
 
     
182,864
     
176,247
 
Gross margin
   
46,139
     
41,616
 
Operating expenses:
               
Selling, general and administrative
   
28,276
     
28,974
 
Research and development
   
10,247
     
8,947
 
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets
   
987
     
279
 
     
39,510
     
38,200
 
                 
Operating income from continuing operations
   
6,629
     
3,416
 
Other (expense) income, net
   
(800
)
   
485
 
Interest expense
   
(308
)
   
(136
)
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes
   
5,521
     
3,765
 
Provision for income taxes
   
(1,500
)
   
(3,694
)
Income from continuing operations
   
4,021
     
71
 
Discontinued operations
               
Loss on discontinued operations (net of tax)
   
(4,912
)
   
(3,722
)
Net loss
 
$
(891
)
 
$
(3,651
)
Basic Earnings per Share:
               
Income from continuing operations
   
0.26
     
0.00
 
Loss from discontinued operations
   
(0.32
)
   
(0.24
)
Net Loss
 
$
(0.06
)
 
$
(0.24
)
Diluted Earnings per Share:
               
Income from continuing operations
   
0.26
     
0.00
 
Loss from discontinued operations
   
(0.32
)
   
(0.24
)
Net loss
 
$
(0.06
)
 
$
(0.24
)
Weighted average shares outstanding
               
Basic
   
15,562
     
15,501
 
Diluted
   
15,666
     
15,582
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
 
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands)

 
Year ended December 31,
 
 
2015
   
2014
 
             
Net loss
 
$
(891
)
 
$
(3,651
)
Other comprehensive loss net of applicable tax:
               
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
(1,462
)
   
(777
)
Comprehensive loss
 
$
(2,353
)
 
$
(4,428
)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
 
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)

 
Common Stock
   
Capital in
excess of
   
Retained
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
   
Treasury Stock
   
Total
Shareholders’
 
(in thousands)
 
Shares
   
Amount
   
Par Value
   
Earnings
   
Loss
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Equity
 
                                                 
Balances at December 31, 2013
   
17,302
   
$
344
   
$
43,635
   
$
35,116
   
$
(539
)
   
(1,708
)
 
$
(5,836
)
 
$
72,720
 
                                                                 
Net loss
                           
(3,651
)
                           
(3,651
)
Net issuance of restricted stock awards
   
(27
)
   
2
                                             
2
 
Equity based compensation
                   
1,185
                                     
1,185
 
Stock options and awards tax benefits
                   
34
                                     
34
 
Translation adjustments, net of tax of $476
                                   
(777
)
                   
(777
)
Balances at December 31, 2014
   
17,275
     
346
     
44,854
     
31,465
     
(1,316
)
   
(1,708
)
   
(5,836
)
   
69,513
 
                                                                 
Net loss
                           
(891
)
                           
(891
)
Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options
   
94
     
2
     
472
                                     
474
 
Net issuance of restricted stock awards
   
(17
)
   
(1
)
                                           
(1
)
Equity based compensation
                   
487
                                     
487
 
Stock options and awards tax benefits
                   
(60
)
                                   
(60
)
Translation adjustments, net of tax of $944
                                   
(1,462
)
                   
(1,462
)
Balances at December 31, 2015
   
17,352
   
$
347
   
$
45,753
   
$
30,574
   
$
(2,778
)
   
(1,708
)
 
$
(5,836
)
 
$
68,060
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
 
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

   
Year ended December 31,    
 
 
  2015    
2014
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net loss
 
$
(891
)
 
$
(3,651
)
Loss from discontinued operations
   
4,912
     
3,722
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
               
Loss on investment
   
776
     
-
 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
   
3,070
     
2,007
 
Provision for bad debts
   
772
     
340
 
Provision for obsolete inventory
   
1,293
     
2,232
 
Equity based compensation
   
487
     
1,185
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
   
90
     
-
 
Deferred income tax
   
(1,910
)
   
516
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
               
Accounts receivable
   
(628
)
   
(700
)
Inventories
   
3,136
     
(3,826
)
Income tax receivable/(payable)
   
(196
)
   
290
 
Other current assets
   
210
     
(1,129
)
Other assets
   
(644
)
   
(368
)
Accounts payable
   
(7,529
)
   
3,022
 
Accrued salaries and benefits
   
1
     
(425
)
Accrued expenses
   
213
     
4,572
 
Customer deposits
   
(1,062
)
   
1,060
 
Deferred service revenue
   
251
     
645
 
Other long-term liabilities
   
(54
)
   
93
 
Deferred tax equity based compensation
   
(60
)
   
-
 
Net cash provided by operating activities-continuing operations
   
2,237
     
9,585
 
Net cash used in operating activities-discontinued operations
   
(1,643
)
   
(3,324
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
594
     
6,261
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Capital expenditures
   
(1,705
)
   
(1,536
)
Capitalization of software costs
   
(2,148
)
   
(1,650
)
Investment expenditure
   
(776
)
   
-
 
Payments for acquisition, net of cash acquired
   
-
     
(5,000
)
Proceeds from sale of business
   
12,100
     
-
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities-continuing operations
   
7,471
     
(8,186
)
Net cash used in investing activities-discontinued operations
   
(1,046
)
   
(1,816
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
   
6,425
     
(10,002
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Payments of long-term debt
   
(173
)
   
(165
)
Payments of other borrowings
   
(222,156
)
   
(39,771
)
Proceeds from other borrowings
   
217,156
     
44,771
 
Payments for deferred acquisition obligations
   
(3,000
)
   
-
 
Proceeds from stock awards
   
473
     
2
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
   
(7,700
)
   
4,837
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
   
(1,462
)
   
(944
)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
(2,143
)
   
152
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
   
10,167
     
10,015
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
   
8,024
     
10,167
 
Less cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations at end of period
   
-
     
300
 
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations at end of period
 
$
8,024
   
$
9,867
 
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid during the period for:
               
Interest
 
$
206
   
$
129
 
Income taxes, net of refunds
 
$
310
   
$
722
 
                 
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash information:
               
Acquisition through notes payable
 
$
-
   
$
4,820
 
Contingent consideration payable in connection with acquisition
 
$
-
   
$
5,040
 
Sale of business through note receivable
 
$
3,320
   
$
-
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAR Technology Corporation and its subsidiaries (ParTech, Inc., ParTech (Shanghai) Company Ltd., PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc., Springer-Miller Canada, ULC, PAR Canada ULC, PAR Government Systems Corporation and Rome Research Corporation, Brink Software, Inc.), collectively referred to as the “Company.” All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
During the third quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company performed a strategic analysis of its current product and business unit offerings and as a result, entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets of its hotel/spa technology business operated under PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc. (“PSMS”) to affiliates of Constellation Software Inc.  This transaction closed on November 4, 2015.  Accordingly, the results of operations of PSMS have been classified as discontinued operations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements – Discontinued Operations.  All prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.  Refer to Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Business combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations pursuant ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. The fair value of the consideration paid is assigned to the underlying net assets of the acquired business based on their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill (the “Acquisition Method”). The purchase price allocation process requires the Company to make significant assumptions and estimates in determining the purchase price and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The Company’s assumptions and estimates are subject to refinement and, as a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business after the completion of the acquisition.
 
Contingent   Consideration

The Company determines the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration using a discounted cash flow method, with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement.  The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink Software Inc. during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration are established at the time of the acquisition and will be evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  During fiscal year 2015, the Company recorded a $90,000 adjustment to increase the fair value of its contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Brink Software Inc.  This is reflected within other expense on the statement of operations. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations. Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. 

Revenue recognition policy

Hospitality Contracts
 
Our hospitality segment’s revenues consist of sales of the Company’s standard POS system to the hospitality segment. We derive revenue from the following sources: (1) hardware sales, (2) software license agreements, including perpetual licenses and software as a service, (3) professional services, (4) hosting services and (5) post-contract customer support ("PCS").
 
We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. Determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report.
 
Hardware

Revenue recognition on hardware sales occurs upon delivery to the customer site (or when shipped for systems that are not installed by the Company) when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
 
Software
 
Revenue recognition on software sales generally occurs upon delivery to the customer, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.  For software sales sold as a perpetual license, typical our Pixel software offering, where the Company is the sole party that has the proprietary knowledge to install the software, revenue is recognized upon installation and when the system is ready to go live.
 
Service
 
Service revenue consists of installation and training services, field and depot repair, subscription software products, associated software maintenance, and software related hosted services.  Installation and training service revenue are based upon standard hourly/daily rates as well as contracted prices with the customer, and revenue is recognized as the services are performed.  Support maintenance and field and depot repair are provided to customers either on a time and materials basis or under a maintenance contract.  Services provided on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are performed.  Service revenues from maintenance contracts are recorded as deferred revenue when billed to the customer and are recognized ratably over the underlying contract period.  Software sold as a service with our Brink and SureCheck software offerings, is recognized based on the contracted price over its contract term.
 
PAR frequently enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers including hardware, software, professional consulting services and maintenance support services. For arrangements involving multiple deliverables, when deliverables include software and non-software products and services, PAR evaluates and separates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of PAR.
 
Multiple element arrangements which include hardware, service, and software offerings are separated  based upon the stand alone price for each individual hardware, service, or software sold in the arrangement irrespective of the combination of products and services which are included in a particular arrangement.  As such, overall consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the unit's relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of selling price (BESP). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. The Company uses BESP to allocate revenue when we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE of selling price. BESP is primarily used for elements such as products that are not consistently priced within a narrow range. The Company determines BESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including product and customer class, geography, average discount, and management's historical pricing practices. Amounts allocated to the delivered hardware and software elements are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Amounts allocated to the undelivered maintenance and other services elements are recognized as the services are provided or on a straight-line basis over the service period. In certain instances, customer acceptance is required prior to the passage of title and risk of loss of the delivered products. In such cases, revenue is not recognized until the customer acceptance is obtained. Delivery and acceptance generally occur in the same reporting period.
 
In situations where PAR’s solutions contain software related services (generally PCS and professional services), revenue is recognized in accordance with authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition.  For the software and software-related elements of such transactions, revenue is allocated based on the relative fair value of each element, and fair value is determined by vender specific objective evidence (VSOE), where available.  If VSOE is not available for all elements, we will use the residual method to separate the elements as long as we have VSOE for the undelivered elements.  If the Company cannot objectively determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in such multiple-element arrangements, the Company defers the revenue until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements.
 
Government Contracts
 
The Company’s contract revenues generated by the Government segment result primarily from contract services performed for the U.S. Government under a variety of cost-plus fixed fee, time-and-material, and fixed-price contracts.  Revenue on cost-plus fixed fee contracts is recognized based on allowable costs for labor hours delivered, as well as other allowable costs plus the applicable fee.  Revenue on time and material contracts is recognized by multiplying the number of direct labor hours delivered in the performance of the contract by the contract billing rates and adding other direct costs as incurred.  Revenue from fixed-price contracts is recognized as labor hours are delivered which approximates the straight-line basis of the life of the contract. The Company’s obligation under these contracts is to provide labor hours to conduct research or to staff facilities with no other deliverables or performance obligations.  Anticipated losses on all contracts are recorded in full when identified.  Unbilled accounts receivable are stated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at their estimated realizable value.  Contract costs, including indirect expenses, are subject to audit and adjustment through negotiations between the Company and U.S. Government representatives.
 
Warranty Provisions
 
Warranty provisions for product warranties are recorded in the period in which PAR becomes obligated to honor the related right, which generally is the period in which the related product revenue is recognized. The Company accrues warranty reserves based upon historical factors such as labor rates, average repair time, travel time, number of service calls per machine and cost of replacement parts. When a sale is consummated, a warranty reserve is recorded based upon the estimated cost to provide the service over the warranty period.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.
 
Accounts receivable – Allowance for doubtful accounts

Allowances for doubtful accounts are based on estimates of probable losses related to accounts receivable balances.  The establishment of allowances requires the use of judgment and assumptions regarding probable losses on receivable balances.  The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based on our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that we have identified.  Thus, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, our actual losses may exceed our estimates, and additional allowances would be required.
 
Inventories

The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  The Company uses certain estimates and judgments and considers several factors including product demand, changes in customer requirements and changes in technology to provide for excess and obsolescence reserves to properly value inventory.
 
Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to twenty-five years.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
 
Other assets
 
Other assets primarily consist of cash surrender value of life insurance related to the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan eligible to certain employees.  The funded balance is reviewed on an annual basis.
 
Income taxes
 
The provision for income taxes is based upon pretax earnings with deferred income taxes provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities.  The Company records a valuation allowance when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to their net realizable amounts.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
Other long-term liabilities
 
Other long-term liabilities represent amounts owed to certain employees who are participants in the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan and the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration payable related to the Brink Software Inc. acquisition.
 
Foreign currency
 
The assets and liabilities for the Company’s international operations are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates. Income statement items are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity under the heading Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.  Exchange gains and losses on intercompany balances of permanently invested long-term loans are also recorded as a translation adjustment and are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income in the accompanying statements of operations.
 
Other (expense) income

The components of other (expense) income from continuing operations for the two years ending December 31 are as follows:

 
Year ended December 31
(in thousands)
 
 
2015
   
2014
 
             
Foreign currency loss
 
$
(193
)
 
$
(115
)
Rental income-net
   
264
     
359
 
Investment write-off
   
(776
)
   
-
 
Other
   
(95
)
   
241
 
   
$
(800
)
 
$
485
 

The investment write-off of $776,000 in fiscal year 2015 represents the write-off of unauthorized investments that were made in contravention of the Company’s policies and procedures involving the Company’s funds. The unauthorized investments occurred during the period between September 25, 2015 and November 6, 2015.   As of December 31, 2015, the Company is uncertain of the collectability of funds relating to these investments and as a result, reduced its fair value to zero.  The write-off of the investment resulted in the Company identifying a material weakness over financial reporting as described in Item 9A.

Identifiable intangible assets
 
The Company’s identifiable intangible assets represent intangible assets acquired from the Brink Software Inc. acquisition as well as internally developed software costs.  The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of computer software used in its hospitality segment. Software development costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are charged to operations and included in research and development costs. The technological feasibility of a computer software product is established when the Company has completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. Software development costs incurred after establishing feasibility (as defined within ASC 985-20 for software cost related to sold as a perpetual license and ASC-350-40 for software sold as a service) are capitalized and amortized on a product-by-product basis when the product is available for general release to customers.  Software costs capitalized within continuing operations during the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $2.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
 
Annual amortization, charged to cost of sales when the product is available for general release to customers, is computed using the greater of (a) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, generally three to seven years or (b) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product.  Amortization of capitalized software costs from continuing operations amounted to $843,000 and $673,000, in 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The Company assessed its recoverability of capitalized software assets noting no impairments were recorded in 2015 or 2014.

In 2014, the Company acquired identifiable intangible assets in connection with its acquisition of Brink Software Inc.  Amortization of intangible assets acquired from the Brink Software Inc. acquisition amounted to $987,000 and $279,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The components of identifiable intangible assets, excluding discontinued operations, are:

 
December 31,
(in thousands)
       
   
2015
   
2014
   
Estimated
Useful Life
 
Acquired and internally developed software costs
 
$
12,725
   
$
10,577
   
3 - 7 years
 
Customer relationships
   
160
     
160
   
7 years
 
Non-competition agreements
   
30
     
30
   
1 year
 
     
12,915
     
10,767
       
Less accumulated amortization
   
(2,417
)
   
(587
)
     
   
$
10,498
   
$
10,180
       
Trademarks, trade names (non-amortizable)
   
400
     
400
   
N/A
   
$
10,898
   
$
10,580
        
 
The expected future amortization of these intangible assets assuming straight-line amortization of capitalized software costs and acquisition related intangibles is as follows (in thousands):

       
2016
 
$
2,012
 
2017
   
1,911
 
2018
   
1,747
 
2019
   
1,350
 
2020
   
1,174
 
Thereafter
   
2,304
 
Total
 
$
10,498
 
 
The Company has elected to test for impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year.  To value the indefinite lived intangible assets, the Company utilizes the royalty method to estimate the fair values of the trademarks and trade names.  As a result of the testing, there was no related impairment charge recorded for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Stock-based compensation

The Company recognizes all stock-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, in the financial statements as compensation cost over the vesting period using an accelerated expense recognition method, based on their fair value on the date of grant.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflect the dilutive impact of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards.
 
The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares outstanding for the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (in thousands, except share and per share data):
 
 
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Income from continuing operations
 
$
4,021
   
$
71
 
                 
Basic:
               
Shares outstanding at beginning of year
   
15,592
     
15,473
 
Weighted average shares (cancelled) issued during the year, net
   
(30
)
   
28
 
Weighted average common shares, basic
   
15,562
     
15,501
 
Income from continuing operations per common share, basic
 
$
0.26
   
$
0.00
 
                 
Diluted:
               
Weighted average common shares, basic
   
15,562
     
15,501
 
Dilutive impact of stock options and restricted stock awards
   
104
     
81
 
Weighted average common shares, diluted
   
15,666
     
15,582
 
Income from continuing operations per common share, diluted
 
$
0.26
   
$
0.00
 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014 there were 112,000 and 215,000 incremental shares, respectively, from the assumed exercise of stock options that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because of the anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.  There were no restricted stock awards excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Goodwill
 
The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, which is on the first day of the fourth quarter, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment.  The Company operates in two reportable segments, referred to as business segments, Hospitality and Government.  Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the sub-segment level (referred to as a reporting unit).  The two reporting units utilized by the Company are: Restaurant and Government. The Hotel/Resort/Spa reporting unit was sold on November 4, 2015 and included within discontinued operations. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.  The amount outstanding for goodwill within continuing operations was $11.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014.  During fiscal 2015, the decrease was a result of the divestiture of the hotel/resort/spa reporting unit.  As a result of the fair value received for the Hotel/Resort/Spa divestiture, the Company recorded an impairment charge within discontinued operations of $2.4 million.  During fiscal 2014, the increase was a result of $10.3 million of goodwill recorded by the Restaurant reporting unit from the acquisition of Brink Software Inc.  There was no   impairment of goodwill for the periods ending December 31, 2014 when testing the restaurant and government reporting units.
 
The changes and carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit were as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Restaurants
   
Hotel/Resort/
Spa
   
Government
   
Total
 
                         
Net Balances at December 31, 2013
 
$
-
   
$
6,116
   
$
736
   
$
6,852
 
Goodwill
   
12,433
     
13,946
     
736
     
27,115
 
Accumulated Impairment charge
   
(12,433
     
(7,830
)
   
-
     
(20,263
)
Acquisition
   
10,315
     
-
     
-
     
10,315
 
Reclassified to Discontinued Operations
   
-
     
(6,116
)
   
-
     
(6,116
)
Net balance at December 31, 2014
   
10,315
     
-
     
736
     
11,051
 
Goodwill
   
22,748
     
13,946
     
736
     
37,430
 
Accumulated Impairment charge
   
(12,433
     
(10,238
)
   
-
     
(22,671
)
Divestiture
   
-
     
(3,708
)
   
-
     
(3,708
)
Net balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
10,315
   
$
-
   
$
736
   
$
11,051
 

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates the accounting and reporting for the impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with the reporting requirements of ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.  The Company will recognize impairment of long-lived assets or asset groups if the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets.  If the carrying value of a long-lived asset or asset group is considered impaired, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset or asset group for assets to be held and used, or the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value less cost to sell for assets to be sold.  No impairment was identified during 2015 or 2014.

Reclassifications

Amounts in prior years’ consolidated financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation. The results of operations of PSMS have been classified as discontinued operations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements – Discontinued Operations.  All prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.  Refer to Note 3 “Discontinued Operations” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
 
 
Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period.  Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include revenue recognition, stock based compensation, the recognition and measurement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations at fair value, the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, valuation allowances for receivables, inventories and deferred income tax assets, and measurement of contingent consideration at fair value. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to leases.  This standard requires an entity to recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease for both financing and operating leases, along with additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. The new standard is effective for the Company for the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to the balance sheet classification of deferred taxes.  This standard requires an entity to classify all deferred tax assets, along with any valuation allowance, as noncurrent on the balance sheet. As a result, each jurisdiction will have one net noncurrent deferred tax asset or liability.  The new standard is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016.  The adoption of this standard, which may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively, is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to the measurement of inventory.  This standard changes the inventory valuation method from the lower of cost or market to the lower of cost or net realizable value for inventory valued under the first-in, first-out or average cost methods.  The new standard is effective for the Company beginning in its first quarter of fiscal 2017, and requires prospective adoption with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to the presentation of debt issuance costs, which amends existing guidance to require the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, instead of a deferred charge asset. The new standard is effective for the Company beginning in its first quarter of fiscal 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard and it is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to accounting for the fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement, which provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If considered a software license, the arrangement should be accounted for as an acquisition of a software license. If not considered a software license, the arrangement should be accounted for as a service contract. The new standard is effective for the Company beginning in its first quarter of fiscal 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard and it is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements
 
In September 2014, the FASB issued amended guidance on the accounting for certain share-based employee compensation awards. The amended guidance requires that share-based employee compensation awards with terms of a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award and compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved. The Company is required to adopt this guidance for its annual and interim periods beginning March 1, 2016. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to disclosures around going concern, including management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures when conditions or events raise substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The new standard is effective for the Company beginning in its first quarter of fiscal 2017, with early adoption permitted. The impact of adopting this guidance on January 1, 2017 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2014, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. The amendments are based on the principle that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized.  The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers.  In July 2015, the FASB affirmed its proposal of a one-year deferral of the effective date of the new revenue standard.  As a result, the new guidance will be effective for the Company beginning in its first quarter of fiscal 2018. The amendments may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. PAR is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and the transition alternatives on PAR's financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance that raises the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operations. The new guidance defines a discontinued operation as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The new guidance is effective on January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2015 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

Note 2 — Acquisition

On September 18, 2014, PAR Technology Corporation (the "Company") and its wholly-owned subsidiary, ParTech, Inc. ("ParTech"), entered into and closed a definitive agreement with Brink Software Inc. ("Brink") and all the shareholders of Brink pursuant to which ParTech has purchased the equity interest of Brink in a two-step closing.  This acquisition was to expand the Company’s cloud based POS software offerings. The guaranteed portion of the purchase price for Brink’s shares will total $10 million in cash, which is payable over a period of three years with $5.0 million paid at closing, $3.0 million paid on the first year anniversary of close, and $2.0 million payable on the second year anniversary of close.  In addition to the guaranteed payments, there is a contingent consideration of up to $7.0 million payable to the former owners of Brink based on the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement.
 
The payment of $5.0 million on September 18, 2014, was for the purchase of 51% of Brink’s outstanding shares. The remaining 49% was purchased and transferred on September 18, 2015, the first anniversary of the initial closing date, for a purchase price of $5.0 million, $3.0 million of which was paid on the second closing and the $2.0 million balance will be payable on September 18, 2016.  The estimated fair value of the remaining portion of the note payable due on September 18, 2016 is approximately $1.9 million and is included within current debt in PAR’s consolidated balance sheets.  Per the stock purchase agreement, Brink shareholders assigned their voting rights of the remaining 49% of Brink shares to PAR.  As a result, PAR controlled 100% of the Brink shares prior to the transfer on September 18, 2015 and fully consolidated the financial results of Brink in accordance with ASC Topic 805.  The agreement also provided up to $1.0 million of the purchase price to be delivered into escrow if one or more claims arise within the first twelve months of the transaction. Such escrow served as a source of payment for any indemnification obligations that may arise.  No such claims arose within the first twelve months of the transaction.

The contingent purchase price maximum of $7.0 million can be earned through fiscal year 2018, based upon the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement.  These conditions have separate targets as defined in the definitive agreement, which began on December 31, 2015.  The targets for fiscal year 2015 were not met, however, the total earning potential has a cumulative effect ending fiscal year 2018.  The estimated fair value of this contingent consideration is approximately $5.1 million and is included within non-current liabilities in PAR’s consolidated balance sheets (see note 13). 

In determining the purchase price allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, market participants’ intentions to use the acquired assets and the historical and estimated future demand for the acquired Brink POS cloud based point of sale application. As of September 18, 2014, the Company recorded an aggregate purchase price of $14.9 million, including a cash payment of $5.0 million, net of cash acquired of $184,000, plus additional estimated cash payments of $9.9 million, which represents the fair value of the remaining consideration.
 
The total purchase price was allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company based on their fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition.  The excess of the purchase price over those fair values was recorded to goodwill.  The following table summarizes our allocation of purchase price (in thousands) at the measurement date, September 18, 2014:

Accounts receivable
 
$
83
 
Inventories
   
116
 
Intangible assets
   
7,190
 
Goodwill
   
10,315
 
Other assets
   
90
 
Total assets acquired
 
$
17,794
 
         
Accounts payable
 
$
124
 
Other current liabilites
   
365
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities
   
2,445
 
Total liabilities assumed
 
$
2,934
 
         
Purchase price
 
$
14,860
 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives (based on third party valuations) are as follows (in thousands):

   
Fair Value
 
Estimated
Useful Life
Trade name
 
$
400
 
 Indefinite
Developed technology
   
6,600
 
 7 Years
Customer relationships
   
160
 
 7 Years
Non-competition agreements
   
30
 
 1 Year
   
$
7,190
   

The intangible assets are being amortized on a straight line basis, which is consistent with the pattern that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be utilized based on the estimated cash flows generated from such assets.  The Company recognized approximately $987,000 and $279,000 of amortization expense related to the amortizable intangible assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, based on the aforementioned estimates.
 
On an unaudited proforma basis, assuming the completed acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented, the consolidated results from continuing operations of the Company would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

   
(Unaudited)
Year ended
December 31, 2014
 
Revenues
 
$
219,328
 
Net loss
 
$
(559
)
         
Earnings per share:
       
Basic
 
$
(0.04
)
Diluted
 
$
(0.04
)

The unaudited proforma financial information presented above gives effect to purchase accounting adjustments which have resulted or are expected to result from the acquisition.  This proforma information is not necessarily indicative of the results that would actually have been obtained had the companies combined for the periods presents.

The Company has recognized transaction, integration, and other acquisition related costs of approximately $163,000 through December 31, 2014, which have been recorded within sales, general, and administration expense within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the results of the Brink acquisition acquired in 2014 contributed $832,000 to PAR’s revenue and reduced PAR’s net income from continuing operations by $145,000 in 2014.  T he results of operations of the Brink acquisition is reported in the Company’s consolidated results of operations of the Company from the date of acquisition.

Note 3 — Divestiture and Discontinued Operations

On November 4, 2015, ParTech, Inc. (“PTI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of PAR Technology Corporation, PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc. (“PSMS”), Springer-Miller International, LLC (“SMI”), and Springer-Miller Canada, ULC (“SMC”) (PTI, PSMS, SMI and SMC are collectively referred to herein as the “Group”), entered into an asset purchase agreement (the “APA”)  with Gary Jonas Computing Ltd., SMS Software Holdings LLC, and Jonas Computing (UK) Ltd. (the “Purchasers”),   each of which is an affiliate of the Jonas Software Group of Constellation Software Inc. of Toronto, Ontario,  for the sale of substantially all of the assets of PSMS. Total consideration to be received from the sale is $16.6 million in cash (the “Base Purchase Price”), with $12.1 million received at the time of closing, and $4.5 million receivable eighteen months after the closing date, a portion of which amount will be available to pay certain indemnification obligations of the group. The estimated fair value of the remaining portion of the note receivable, less any estimated working capital adjustments, due on May 4, 2017 is approximately $3.3 million and is included within noncurrent assets in PAR’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
In addition to the base purchase price, contingent consideration of up to $1,500,000 is receivable by PAR based on achievement of certain agreed-upon revenue and earnings targets for calendar years 2016 through 2018, as set forth in the APA.  As of December 31, 2015, the Company has not recorded any amount associated with this contingent consideration as it does not believe achievement of the related targets is probable.

Summarized financial information for the Company’s discontinued operations is as follows (in thousands):

   
December 31,
2015
   
December 31,
2014
 
Assets
           
Cash
 
$
-
   
$
300
 
Accounts receivable - net
   
-
     
1,771
 
Other current assets
   
-
     
574
 
Property, plant and equipment - net
   
-
     
986
 
Goodwill
   
-
     
6,116
 
Intangible assets - net
   
-
     
12,372
 
Assets of discontinued operation
 
$
-
   
$
22,119
 
                 
Liabilities
               
Accounts Payable
 
$
-
   
$
417
 
Accrued salaries and benefits
   
441
     
703
 
Accrued expenses
   
-
     
87
 
Customer Deposits
   
-
     
1,103
 
Deferred service revenue
   
-
     
2,307
 
Liabilities of discontinued operation
 
$
441
   
$
4,617
 
 
Summarized financial information for the Company’s discontinued operations is as follows (in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
             
Total revenues
 
$
14,545
   
$
15,746
 
                 
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
 
$
(5,702
)
 
$
(5,816
)
Loss on disposition
   
(2,408
)
   
-
 
Benefit from income taxes
   
3,198
     
2,094
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
 
$
(4,912
)
 
$
(3,722
)

Note 4 — Accounts Receivable, net

The Company’s net accounts receivable consist of, excluding discontinued operations:

   
December 31,
(in thousands)
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Government segment:
           
Billed
 
$
9,400
   
$
9,340
 
Advanced billings
   
(1,266
)
   
(450
)
     
8,134
     
8,890
 
Hospitality segment:
               
Accounts receivable - net
   
21,396
     
20,784
 
   
$
29,530
   
$
29,674
 

At December 31, 2015,2014 and 2013, the Company had recorded allowances for doubtful accounts of $875, 000, $484,000 and $422,000, respectively, against hospitality segment accounts receivable.  Write-offs of accounts receivable during fiscal years 2015 and 2014 were $382,000 and $278,000, respectively.  The provision for doubtful accounts recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $772,000 and $340,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively.
 
Note 5 — Inventories, net

Inventories are used in the manufacture and service of hospitality products.  The components of inventory, net consist of the following, excluding discontinued operations:

   
December 31,
(in thousands)
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Finished Goods
 
$
8,775
   
$
13,615
 
Work in process
   
402
     
457
 
Component parts
   
5,068
     
3,748
 
Service parts
   
7,254
     
8,108
 
   
$
21,499
   
$
25,928
 

December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had recorded inventory reserves of $8.6 million and $7.9 million, respectively, against Hospitality inventories, which relates primarily to service parts.

Note 6 — Property, Plant and Equipment

The components of property, plant and equipment, excluding discontinued operations, are:

   
December 31,
(in thousands)
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Land
 
$
253
   
$
253
 
Building and improvements
   
5,645
     
5,645
 
Rental property
   
5,330
     
5,308
 
Furniture and equipment
   
11,804
     
10,160
 
     
23,032
     
21,366
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
(17,316
)
   
(16,218
)
   
$
5,716
   
$
5,148
 

The estimated useful lives of buildings and improvements and rental property are twenty to twenty-five years.  The estimated useful lives of furniture and equipment range from three to eight years.  Depreciation expense from continuing operations was $1,137,000 and $1,052,000 for 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Company leases a portion of its headquarters facility to various tenants.  Net rent received from these leases totaled $264,000 and $359,000 for 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Future minimum rent payments due to the Company under these lease arrangements are approximately $306,000, $246,000 and $57,000 in 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.
 
The Company leases office space under various operating leases. Rental expense from continuing operations on operating leases was approximately $1.4 million and $1.3 million for 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases are (in thousands):

2016
   
1,466
 
2017
   
1,149
 
2018
   
924
 
2019
   
860
 
2020
   
336
 
Thereafter
   
738
 
   
$
5,473
 

Note 7 — Debt

Through June 4, 2014, the Company maintained a credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million in working capital lines of credit (with the option to increase to $30.0 million), which expired in June 2014.  This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.  This credit facility was secured by certain assets of the Company.

On June 5, 2014, the Company executed an amendment to its then existing credit facility to provide for the renewal of the facility through June 2017, with terms generally consistent to those of its prior facility.  This facility provided the Company with capital of up to $20.0 million (with the option to increase to $30.0 million) in the form of a revolving line of credit.  This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.
 
On September 9, 2014, the Company terminated its existing credit facilities with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million in working capital lines of credit, and the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a new three-year credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A (the Credit Facility). The terms of the Credit Facility provide for up to $25 million of a line of credit, with borrowing availability based on a percentage of value of various assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The new agreement bears interest at the applicable bank rate (3.25% at December 31, 2015) or, at the Company's option, at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread (range of 1.5% – 2.0%).  At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any outstanding balance on this line of credit.  The weighted average interest rate paid by the Company was approximately 3.50% during fiscal year 2015.   The new agreement contains traditional asset based loan covenants and includes covenants regarding earnings before interest, tax, depreciation & amortization (“EBITDA”) and a fixed charge coverage ratio, and provides for acceleration upon the occurrence of customary events of defaults.

On March 19, 2015, the Company amended  the Credit Facility to reduce the EBITDA requirement and extend the fixed charge coverage ratio.  The amendment provides the Company flexibility to continue investing in the Company’s future product offerings while maintaining certain covenant thresholds as defined in the amendment.  On March 16, 2016, the Company received a notice of defaults under its current Credit Facility due to unauthorized investments made during 2015 by the company’s former Chief Financial Officer, which were not permitted investments as defined in the lending agreement.  See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on these unauthorized investments.  These unauthorized investments involved cash transfers totaling $776,000, which amounts have been written off by the Company as of December 31, 2015 (the “Unauthorized Transactions”).  On March 24, 2016 the lender provided waivers of the defaults, subject to certain terms and conditions contained in the waiver, including entry by the Company into a fourth amendment to the Company’s Credit Agreement.
 
On March 24, 2016, based on the waiver received, the Company executed the fourth amendment to its existing Credit Agreement.  Under the terms and conditions of this amendment, the Company has undertaken to engage, and has engaged,  an independent consultant to review its  internal controls relating to financial reporting and authorization procedures for financial transactions (including, without limitation, investments) initiated by the Company’s officers (the “Internal Control Review”).  The company has agreed to deliver to the lender a report prepared by Company’s consultant that sets forth, in reasonable detail, the results of the Internal Control Review, together with a summary of any recommended changes to the Company’s internal control procedures (the “ICR Report”).  To the extent the ICR Report sets forth recommended changes to Borrowers’ internal control procedures (“IC Recommendations”), The Company has agreed to promptly take steps to implement the IC Recommendations in all material respects.  The Company has agreed to provide periodic updates to the lender relating to the Internal Control Review, implementation of IC Recommendations and any ongoing investigations related to the Unauthorized Transactions
 
In addition to the credit facility described above, the Company has a mortgage loan, collateralized by certain real estate, with a balance of $746,000 and $919,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  This mortgage matures on November 1, 2019.  The Company's fixed interest rate was 4.05% through October 1, 2014.  Beginning on October 1, 2014, the fixed rate was converted to a new rate equal to the then-current five year fixed advanced rate charged by the New York Federal Home Loan bank, plus 225 basis points.  Effective November 1, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement that fixed the interest rate at 4.00% through the maturity date of the loan.  The annual mortgage payment including interest through November 1, 2019 totals $206,000.

In connection with the acquisition of Brink Software on September 18, 2014, the Company recorded indebtedness to the former owners of Brink under the stock purchase agreement.  At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the principal balance of the note payable was $2.0 million and $5.0 million and it had a carrying value of $1.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively.  The carrying value was based on the note’s estimated fair value at the time of acquisition.  The note does not bear interest and repayment terms are $3.0 million, which was paid on the first anniversary of close, September 18, 2015, and $2.0 million payable on the second anniversary of close, September 18, 2016.

The Company’s future principal payments under the stock purchase agreement and its mortgage are as follows (in thousands):

2016
 
$
2,103
 
2017
   
188
 
2018
   
195
 
2019
   
183
 
   
$
2,669
 
 
Note 8 — Stock Based Compensation

The Company recognizes all stock-based compensation to employees and directors, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, in the financial statements as compensation cost over the vesting period based on their fair value on the date of grant.  Total stock-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expense in 2015 and 2014 was $487,000 and $1,185,000, respectively.  The amount recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was recorded net of benefits of $197,000 and $114,000, as the result of forfeitures of unvested stock awards prior to the completion of the requisite service period.  The amount of total stock based compensation includes $182,000 and $608,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively, relating to restricted stock awards.  No compensation expense has been capitalized during 2015 and 2014.
 
The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares under its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”).  Stock options under this Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. The Plan also provides for restricted stock awards, including performance based awards.  Stock options are nontransferable other than upon death.  Option grants generally vest over a one to five year period after the grant and typically expire ten years after the date of the grant. The EIP provides for the grant of several different forms of stock-based compensation, including stock options to purchase shares of PAR common stock. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (Compensation Committee) has discretion to determine the material terms and conditions of option awards under the EIP, provided that (i) the exercise price must be no less than the fair market value of PAR common stock (defined as the closing price) on the date of grant, (ii) the term must be no longer than ten years, and (iii) in no event shall the normal vesting schedule provide for vesting in less than one year. Other terms and conditions of an award of stock options will be determined by the Compensation Committee as set forth in the agreement relating to that award. The Compensation Committee has authority to administer the EIP.
 
Information with respect to stock options included within this plan is as follows:

   
No. of Shares
(in thousands)
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)
 
                   
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
   
1,240
   
$
5.28
   
$
1,264
 
Options granted
   
118
     
4.90
         
Options exercised
   
(94
)
   
5.04
         
Forfeited and cancelled
   
(211
)
   
5.09
         
Expired
   
(120
)
   
6.50
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
   
933
   
$
5.14
   
$
1,579
 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015
   
905
   
$
5.14
   
$
1,532
 
Total shares exercisable as of December 31, 2015
   
302
   
$
5.14
   
$
512
 
Shares remaining available for grant
   
1,000
                 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years 2015 and 2014 was $1.44 and $1.68, respectively.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $119,000.    There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2014.  New shares of the Company’s common stock are issued as a result of stock option exercises in 2015.  The fair value of options at the date of the grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions for the respective period ending December 31:

   
2015
   
2014
 
             
Expected option life
 
5.1 years
   
5.9 years
 
Weighted average risk-free interest rate
   
1.6
%
   
1.7
%
Weighted average expected volatility
   
30
%
   
31
%
Expected dividend yield
   
0
%
   
0
%
 
For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the expected option life was based on the Company’s historical experience with similar type options.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility levels of the Company’s common stock over the preceding period of time consistent with the expected life.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life.  Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015 are summarized as follows:

Range of
Exercise Prices
   
Number
Outstanding
(in thousands)
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
                 
$
4.31 - $6.47
     
933
 
8.10 years
 
$
5.14
 

At December 31, 2015 the aggregate unrecognized compensation cost of unvested equity awards, as determined using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, was $758,000 (net of estimated forfeitures) which is expected to be recognized as compensation expense in fiscal years 2016 through 2018. The Company has not paid cash dividends on its common stock, and the Company presently intends to continue to retain earnings for reinvestment in growth opportunities.  Accordingly, it is anticipated no cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.
 
Current year activity with respect to the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards is as follows:

Non-vested restricted stock awards (in thousands)
 
Shares
   
Weighted
Average grant-
date fair value
 
                 
Balance at January 1, 2015
   
273
   
$
4.68
 
Granted
   
34
     
4.67
 
Vested
   
(110
)
   
4.71
 
Forfeited and cancelled
   
(112
)
   
3.95
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
   
85
   
$
5.13
 

The EIP also provides for the issuance of restricted stock, as well as restricted stock units.   These types of awards can have either service based or performance based vesting with performance goals being established by the Compensation Committee.  Grants of restricted stock with service based vesting are subject to vesting periods ranging from zero to 60 months.  Grants of restricted stock with performance based vesting are subject to a vesting period of 12 to 36 months and performance conditions as defined by the Compensation Committee.  The Company assesses the likelihood of achievement throughout the performance period and recognizes compensation expense associated with its performance awards based on this assessment.  Other terms and conditions applicable to any award of restricted stock will be determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the agreement relating to that award.

During 2015 and 2014, the Company issued 34,000 and 170,000 restricted stock awards, respectively, at a per share price of $0.02.  Included within the equity grants of 2014 were approximately 109,000 performance based restricted stock awards which vest upon the achievement of business unit and consolidated financial goals relative to fiscal years 2014 through 2016.  These equity awards are forfeited if the performance conditions are not achieved for each fiscal year.  For the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized compensation expense related to the performance awards based on its estimate of the probability of achievement in accordance with ASC Topic 718.
 
The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the average price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted during the years 2015 and 2014 was $4.67 and $5.24, respectively.  In accordance with the terms of the restricted stock award agreements, the Company released 110,000 and 112,000 shares during 2015 and 2014, respectively.  During 2015, there were 112,000 shares of restricted stock cancelled, of which 102,000 were performance based restricted shares.  During 2014, there were 62,000 shares of restricted stock cancelled, of which 52,000 were performance based restricted shares.

Note 9— Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations consists of:

   
Year ended December 31,
(in thousands)
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
             
Current income tax:
           
Federal
 
$
221
   
$
115
 
State
   
141
     
212
 
Foreign
   
267
     
757
 
     
629
     
1,084
 
Deferred income tax:
               
Federal
   
816
     
2,238
 
State
   
55
     
372
 
     
871
     
2,610
 
Provision for income taxes
 
$
1,500
   
$
3,694
 

The deferred tax benefit related to discontinued operations was $3.2 million in fiscal year 2015 and $2.1 million recorded in fiscal year 2014.
 
Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following at:

   
December 31,
(in thousands)
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
           
Software development costs
 
$
1,841
   
$
4,984
 
Acquired intangible assets
   
2,088
     
2,350
 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
   
3,929
     
7,334
 
                 
Allowances for bad debts and inventory
   
(4,804
)
   
(4,524
)
Capitalized inventory costs
   
(75
)
   
(114
)
Intangible assets
   
(1,747
)
   
(2,100
)
Employee benefit accruals
   
(2,050
)
   
(1,715
)
Federal net operating loss carryforward
   
(6,215
)
   
(9,249
)
State net operating loss carryforward
   
(1,111
)
   
(1,104
)
Tax credit carryforwards
   
(8,760
)
   
(7,809
)
Foreign currency
   
(33
)
   
(33
)
Other
   
(334
)
   
(502
)
Gross deferred tax assets
   
(25,129
)
   
(27,150
)
                 
Less valuation allowance
   
3,421
     
3,947
 
                 
Net deferred tax assets
 
$
(17,779
)
 
$
(15,869
)

The Company has Federal tax credit carryforwards of $8.7 million that expire in various tax years from 2016 to 2035.  The Company has a Federal operating loss carryforward of $19.9 million that expires in various tax years through 2035.  Of the operating loss carryforward, $1.6 million will result in a benefit within additional paid in capital when realized.  The Company also has state tax credit carryforwards of $210,000 and state net operating loss carryforwards of $8.0 million that expire in various tax years through 2034.  In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.  Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.  As a result of this analysis and based on the current year’s taxable income, and utilization of certain carryforwards management determined that it should reduce it valuation allowance in the current year.    A valuation allowance is still required to the extent it is more likely than not that the future benefit associated with the foreign tax credit carryforwards and certain state tax loss carryforwards will not be realized.  As a result, the Company recorded a tax benefit associated with a reduction of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $0.5 million for 2015.  The Company recorded tax expense in 2015 associated with an increase in the valuation allowance in 2014 in the amount of $1.6 million for 2014.
 
The Company records the benefits relating to uncertain tax positions only when it is more likely than not (likelihood of greater than 50%), based on technical merits, that the position would be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold are measured using a probability-weighted approach as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.   At December 31, 2015, the Company’s reserve for uncertain tax positions is not material and the Company believes it has adequately provided for its tax-related liabilities.  The Company is no longer subject to United States federal income tax examinations for years before 2012.  The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differed from the provision computed by applying the Federal statutory rate to income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes due to the following:

   
2015
   
2014
 
Federal statutory tax rate
   
34.0
%
   
34.0
%
State taxes
   
5.8
     
11.5
 
Non deductible expenses
   
1.0
     
4.6
 
Tax credits
   
(4.8
)
   
(11.7
)
Repatriation of foreign earnings
   
0.0
     
59.8
 
Foreign income tax rate differential
   
(1.3
)
   
(43.2
)
Valuation allowance
   
(9.5
)
   
41.7
 
Tax return and audit adjustments
   
3.8
     
0.0
 
Other
   
(1.8
)
   
1.4
 
     
27.2
%
   
98.1
%

Note 10 — Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a deferred profit-sharing retirement plan that covers substantially all employees. The Company’s annual contribution to the plan is discretionary. The Company’s did not make a contribution in 2015 or 2014.  The plan also contains a 401(k) provision that allows employees to contribute a percentage of their salary up to the statutory limitation.  These contributions are matched at the rate of 10% by the Company. The Company’s matching contributions under the 401(k) component were $359,000 and $318,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively.
 
The Company also maintains an incentive-compensation plan. Participants in the plan are key employees as determined by the Board of Directors and executive management. Compensation under the plan is based on the achievement of predetermined financial performance goals of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Awards under the plan are payable in cash.  Awards under the plan totaled $776,000 and $656,000, in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Company also sponsors a deferred compensation plan for a select group of highly compensated employees.  Participants may make elective deferrals of their salary to the plan in excess of tax code limitations that apply to the Company’s qualified plan.  The Company invests the participants’ deferred amounts to fund these obligations.  The Company also has the sole discretion to make employer contributions to the plan on behalf of the participants, though it did not make any employer contributions in 2015 or 2014.

Note 11 — Contingencies

The Company is subject to legal proceedings, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Additionally, U.S. Government contract costs are subject to periodic audit and adjustment.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not materially affect the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

Note 12 — Segment and Related Information

The Company is organized in three reporting units: restaurant/retail, hotel/spa, and government. The Company has identified government as a separate reportable segment and has aggregated its two restaurant/retail/hotel/spa reporting units into one reportable segment, hospitality, as the reporting units share many similar economical characteristics. Management views the government and hospitality segments separately in operating its business, as the products and services are different for each segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  The hotel/spa reporting has been sold as of November 4, 2015 and is included within discontinued operations (see note 3).
 
The Company has two reportable business segments, hospitality and government.  The hospitality segment offers integrated solutions to the hospitality industry consisting of restaurants , grocery stores   and specialty retail outlets.  These offerings include industry leading hardware and software applications utilized at the point-of-sale, back of store and corporate office and includes the acquisition of Brink Software.  This segment also offers customer support including field service, installation, and twenty-four hour telephone support and depot repair.  The government segment performs complex technical studies, analysis, and experiments, develops innovative solutions, and provides on-site engineering in support of advanced defense, security, and aerospace systems.  This segment also provides expert on-site services for operating and maintaining U.S. Government-owned communication assets.

Information noted as “Other” primarily relates to the Company’s corporate, home office operations.
 
Information as to the Company’s segments is set forth below.  Amounts below exclude discontinued operations.

   
Year ended December 31,
(in thousands)
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Revenues:
           
Hospitality
 
$
141,151
   
$
130,174
 
Government
   
87,852
     
87,689
 
Total
 
$
229,003
   
$
217,863
 
                 
Operating income (loss) :
               
Hospitality
 
$
1,721
   
$
323
 
Government
   
5,365
     
4,883
 
Other
   
(457
)
   
(1,790
)
     
6,629
     
3,416
 
Other income, net
   
(800
)
   
485
 
Interest expense
   
(308
)
   
(136
)
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes
 
$
5,521
   
$
3,765
 
                 
Identifiable assets:
               
Hospitality
 
$
72,948
   
$
81,269
 
Government
   
10,052
     
11,221
 
Other
   
32,312
     
22,688
 
Total
 
$
115,312
   
$
115,178
 
                 
Goodwill:
               
Hospitality
 
$
10,315
   
$
10,315
 
Government
   
736
     
736
 
Total
 
$
11,051
   
$
11,051
 
                 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion:
               
Hospitality
 
$
2,673
   
$
1,678
 
Government
   
48
     
50
 
Other
   
349
     
279
 
Total
 
$
3,070
   
$
2,007
 
                 
Capital expenditures including software costs:
               
Hospitality
 
$
3,645
   
$
2,181
 
Government
   
-
     
36
 
Other
   
208
     
969
 
Total
 
$
3,853
   
$
3,186
 
 
The following table presents revenues by country based on the location of the use of the product or services.  Amounts below exclude discontinued operations.

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
United States
 
$
197,303
   
$
189,845
 
Other Countries
   
31,700
     
28,018
 
Total
 
$
229,003
   
$
217,863
 

The following table presents assets by country based on the location of the asset.  Amounts below exclude discontinued operations.

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
United States
 
$
100,021
   
$
93,825
 
Other Countries
   
15,291
     
21,353
 
Total
 
$
115,312
   
$
115,178
 

Customers comprising 10% or more of the Company's total revenues, excluding discontinued operations, are summarized as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Hospitality segment :
           
McDonald’s Corporation
   
19
%
   
16
%
Yum! Brands, Inc.
   
10
%
   
12
%
Government segment :
               
U.S. Department of Defense
   
38
%
   
40
%
All Others
   
33
%
   
32
%
     
100
%
   
100
%

No other customer within All Others represented more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
 
Note 13 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments have been recorded at fair value using available market information and valuation techniques.  The fair value hierarchy is based upon three levels of input, which are:
 
Level 1 − quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (observable)
 
Level 2 − inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable market data for essentially the full term of the asset or liability (observable)
 
Level 3 − unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, but are significant to determining the fair value of the asset or liability (unobservable)

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables, debt instruments and deferred compensation assets and liabilities. For cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables, the carrying amounts of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were considered representative of their fair values.  The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt and line of credit at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was based on variable and fixed interest rates at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for new issues with similar remaining maturities and approximates the respective carrying values at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The deferred compensation assets and liabilities primarily relate to the Company’s deferred compensation plan, which allows for pre-tax salary deferrals for certain key employees (see note 10). Changes in the fair value of the deferred compensation liabilities are derived using quoted prices in active markets of the asset selections made by the participants. The deferred compensation liabilities are classified within Level 2, as defined under U.S. GAAP, because their inputs are derived principally from observable market data by correlation to the hypothetical investments. The Company holds insurance investments to partially offset the Company’s liabilities under the deferred compensation plan, which are recorded at fair value each period using the cash surrender value of the insurance investments.
 
The Company has obligations, to be paid in cash, to the former owners of Brink Software, based on the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement (see note 2).  The fair value of this contingent consideration payable was estimated using a discounted cash flow method, with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC 820, fair value measurements and disclosures. The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration were established at the time of the acquisition and are evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations. Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. 

The following table presents a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

   
Level 3 Inputs
 
   
Liabilities
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
5,040
 
New level 3 liability
   
-
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration liability
   
90
 
Transfers into or out of Level 3
   
-
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
5,130
 

Note 14 — Related Party Transactions

The Company leases its corporate wellness facility to related parties at a current rate of $9,775 per month. The Company receives a complimentary membership to this facility which is provided to all employees.  During 2015 and 2014 the Company received rental income amounting to $117,300 for the lease of the facility in each year.

Note 15 — Subsequent Events

On March 24, 2016, the Company amended its credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A.  See Note 7 for further details.
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
 
     
March 30, 2016
/s/ Karen E. Sammon           
 
 
Karen E. Sammon
 
 
Chief Executive Officer & President
 
 

 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures
Title
Date
     
/s/ Karen E. Sammon           
   
Karen E. Sammon
Chief Executive Officer &
President
March 30, 2016
     
/s/ Cynthia A. Russo           
   
Cynthia A. Russo
Director
March 30, 2016
     
/s/ Paul D. Eurek           
   
Paul D. Eurek
Director
March 30, 2016
     
/s/ Todd E. Tyler           
   
Todd E. Tyler
Director
March 30, 2016
     
/s/ John W. Sammon           
   
John W. Sammon
Director
March 30, 2016
     
/s/ Ronald J. Casciano           
   
Ronald J. Casciano
Director
March 30, 2016
     
/s/ Donald H. Foley           
   
Donald H. Foley
Director
March 30, 2016
     
/s/ Matthew J. Trinkaus           
   
Matthew J. Trinkaus
Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer
March 30, 2016
 
List of Exhibits

Exhibit No.
Description of Instrument
   
       
3.(i)
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended May 22, 2014.
 
Filed as Exhibit 3(i) to Form 8-K filed May 29, 2014 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
3.(ii)
By-laws, as amended May 22, 2014.
 
Filed as Exhibit 3.(ii) to Form 8-K filed May 29, 2014 of PAR Technology Corporation incorporated herein by
reference.
       
4
Specimen Certificate representing the Common Stock.
 
Filed as Exhibit 4  to Registration Statement on Form S-2 (Registration No. 333-04077) of PAR Technology
Corporation incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.1
Letter of Agreement with Sanmina– SCI Corporation.
 
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form S-3/A (Registration No. 333-102197) of PAR Technology Corporation incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.2
2005 Equity Incentive Plan of PAR Technology Corporation.
 
Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-137647) of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.3
2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
 
Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-187246) of PAR Technology Corporation incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.4
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Pursuant
to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q as for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and incorporated by reference.
 
10.5
Pledge and Security Agreement  with JP Morgan Chase.
 
Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated June 16, 2008 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.6
June 2011 – Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A; NBT Bank, N.A.; Alliance Bank, N.A.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated June 6, 2011 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
 
List of Exhibits (Continued)
 
Exhibit No.
Description of Instrument
   
       
10.7
 
June 2011 - Amendment No. 1 to Pledge and Security Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated June 6, 2011 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.8***
December 2011 - Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between PAR Technology Corporation, PAR Government Systems Corporation, PAR Logistics Management Systems Corporation and  ORBCOMM Inc. and PLMS Acquisition, LLC.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K dated April 4, 2012 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.9
 
February 2013 - Amendment No. 2 to Pledge and Security Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K dated March 13, 2013 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.10
 
Employment Offer Letter dated March 21, 2013 between Registrant and Ronald J. Casciano.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.1*+ to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.11
Employment Offer Letter dated March 21, 2013 between Registrant and Robert P. Jerabeck.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.2*+ to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.12
Employment Offer Letter dated March 21, 2013 between Registrant and Karen E. Sammon.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.3*+ to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.13
Form of Notice of Equity Award and Agreement Pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.17 to Form 10-K dated March 14, 2014 of Par Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.14
 
June 2014 – Amendment No. 3 to Pledge and Security Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.15 ***
Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated as of September 9, 2014.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.16
Pledge and Security Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated as of September 9, 2014.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
List of Exhibits (Continued)

Exhibit No.
Description of Instrument
   
       
10.17 ***
Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Brink Software, Inc., the Shareholders, ParTech, Inc., and PAR Technology Corporation dated as of September 18, 2014.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.18
Form of Outside Director Notice of Restricted Stock Award and Agreement Pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.21 to Form 10-K dated March 31, 2015 of Par Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.19
Form of Notice of Award and Agreement Pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.23 to Form 10-K dated March 31, 2015 of Par Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.20 ***
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and Other Loan Documents with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated as of March 19, 2015
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.24 to Form 10-K dated March 31, 2015 of Par Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference
       
10.21
Separation Agreement between PAR Technology Corporation and Stephen P. Lynch dated August 31, 2015.
 
Filed as an Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.22
2015 Equity Incentive Plan of PAR Technology Corporation.
 
Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-208063) of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.23
Form of Notice of Award Pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-208063) of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
10.24
Form of Outside Director Notice of Restricted Stock Award and Agreement Pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-208063) of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
       
Employment Offer Letter dated July 13, 2015 between Registrant and Michael Bartusek
   
       
November 2015 – Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Gary Jonas Computing Ltd., SMS Software Holdings LLC, Jonas Computing (UK) Ltd., PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc., Springer-Miller International, LLC, Springer-Miller Canada, ULC, ParTech, Inc., and Constellation Software Inc.
   
       
Employment Offer Letter dated November 16, 2015 between Registrant and Karen Sammon
   
 
List of Exhibits (Continued)

Exhibit No.
Description of Instrument
 
     
Employment Offer Letter dated December 10, 2015 between Registrant and Matthew Cicchinelli
 
     
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated as of March 24, 2016
 
     
Subsidiaries of the registrant.
 
     
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
     
Certification of Chief Executive Officer & President Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
     
Certification of Controller and Chief Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
     
Certification of Chief Executive Officer & President Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
     
Certification of Controller and Chief Accounting Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
     
***           
 
Portions of this Exhibit were omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The omitted portions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
 
 
99


Exhibit 10.25
 
 
July 13, 2015
 
 
Mr. Michael Bartusek
****
 
 
Dear Michael;

On behalf of myself and the Board of Directors of PAR Technology Corporation ("PAR" or “Company”), I am pleased to offer you to the position of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of PAR Technology Corporation.  Upon execution by you, this letter will constitute your employment offer from PAR regarding your service beginning July 20, 2015, the date at which your employment  will be effective (the "Start Date").  This offer and your employment relationship are subject to the terms and conditions of this letter set forth below.

Position
You will join the Company as the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of PAR Technology Corporation, reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer.  Your position will be located at PAR's corporate headquarters in New Hartford, New York.  You will be expected to devote your full working time and attention exclusively to the business and interests of PAR and to comply with and be bound by PAR's operating policies, procedures and practices.  You may not render services to any other business without prior approval of the Board of Directors, nor engage or participate, directly or indirectly, in any business that is competitive in any manner with the businesses of PAR.

Annual Base Salary
As of the Start Date, you will be compensated at an annualized salary of $240,000 ("Annual Base Salary"), subject to applicable payroll deductions and such federal, state and local taxes and other withholdings as are required by law.  The Annual Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with PAR's standard payroll practices in effect from time to time. 

Annual Cash Bonus
While employed hereunder, you will be eligible to receive an "Annual Cash Bonus" in accordance with the terms of PAR's Annual Incentive Compensation Plan ("AICP") and shall be based upon performance against financial targets associated with the Annual Operating Plan ("AOP") and specific business objectives determined by the Board of  Directors on an annual basis..  Any Annual Cash Bonus payable to you based on 2015 performance will be pro rata for the period, from your Start Date in the new position through December 31, 2015.  Your participation level for on target performance for 2015 AICP, prior to any proration, will be up to 20 % of your Annual Base Salary.
 

Mr. M. Bartusek
July 13, 2015
Page -2-

New Hire Option Award
Subject to any trading black out periods that may be imposed from time to time by the Company,you will be granted 60,000 non-qualified stock options (“New Hire Options”) at the Board’s next scheduled date for option grants.  Such options will be granted at the fair market value of the stock as of the market close on the date of grant and will vest in equal installments over four years (i.e., 15,000 shares of the grant will vest each year), with the first 15,000 shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant.  The grant will be subject to the terms of the applicable Equity Incentive Plan and the standard terms of equity grants as have been approved by the Board.

Relocation
It is expected and this offer is contingent upon the relocation of your primary residence to within 75 miles of PAR’s corporate headquarters,  with meaningful progress being made towards identification of regular housing for your family within 3 to 6 months from the Start Date.  Absent any unforeseen events outside your reasonable control (including the inability to obtain a reasonable offer on your current primary residence on a timely basis), the expectation is that you will  have identified housing with a purchase date or target move-in date scheduled no later than June 30, 2016. 

To assist with your required transition to the Mohawk Valley area, PAR will provide you with the following relocation assistance:
 
Temporary Housing – PAR will provide you with housing in a furnished condominium, located in Clinton, New York for a period of six months from the Start Date.
 
Lump Sum – An amount of $20,000 before taxes will be provided to you in order to cover the move of your household goods. Payment will be made to you upon your engagement of a moving company to relocate your household goods.  You agree that a pro-rated amount of this lump sum shall be repaid to PAR in the event your employment relationship with PAR terminates for any reason prior to the second anniversary of your Start Date.  

Severance
Should your employment be terminated before the two year anniversary of the Start Date by PAR for any reason other than for Cause, PAR will pay you a severance amount equal to six months of your then current Annual Base Salary in exchange for a duly executed standard release of claims. 

Benefits
You will be eligible to participate in all standard employee benefit plans as may be in effect and as amended from time to time for PAR employees generally. Your participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents, as well as generally applicable policies associated with such benefits, as such plan documents and policies may be amended from time to time.
 

Mr. M. Bartusek
July 13, 2015
Page -3-

PAR’s current benefit package includes an Employee Choice Plan with options as follows:
· Health, Dental and Vision Insurance
· Supplemental Short-Term Disability Insurance
· Long-Term Disability Insurance
· Supplemental Life Insurance
· Spouse and child/children life insurance
· Flexible Spending Accounts for Unreimbursable Medical Expenses and Dependent Care

Please be aware that employee-elected benefits are not available to you until the first calendar day of the month following your Start Date.

All full-time employees are eligible for the benefits below effective on the first day of their employment.  They are as follows:
· New York State Disability Insurance
· Life Insurance (2x Annual Base Salary to a maximum of $500K)
· PAR’s Wellness Program
· PAR Technology Corporation Retirement Plan including: a 401(k) – matched by Company at 10% of employee contribution, with automatic enrollment at 3% level, and profit sharing with 100% contribution by Company at the sole discretion of the Board based on financial results.
· Paid Holidays (7)

Annual Leave and Personal Time Off - Annual Leave (i.e., vacation) will be accrued at the rate of 10 hours per month, yielding three weeks Annual Leave per fiscal year. In addition, you will receive four (4) Personal Time Off days per fiscal year, pro-rated to two (2) Personal Time Off days in 2015. Unused Personal Time Off and Annual Leave may not be carried over to succeeding years.  
 
Your employment with PAR will be “at-will.”  This means your employment is not for any specific period of time and can be terminated by you at any time for any reason.  Likewise, PAR may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.  In addition, PAR reserves the right to modify your position or duties to meet business needs and to use discretion in imposingappropriate discipline should such action be deemed necessary.
 
Contingencies .  In addition to the relocation of your primary residence as described above, this offer is contingent upon the following:

· Signing Company’s Employment Agreement   (See enclosed).

· Compliance with federal Form I-9 requirements (please bring suitable documentation with you within your first three days of work verifying your identity and legal authorization to work in the United States).
 

Mr. M. Bartusek
July 13, 2015
Page -4-

· Verification of the information contained in your employment application, including satisfactory references.

· Successfully passing a pre-employment drug-screening and favorable results from a criminal background check.
 
This offer will remain open for three (3) days from the date of this letter.  To indicate your acceptance of PAR’s offer on the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me no later than three days from the date of this letter.
 
We look forward to having you join us as part of the executive management team.
 
 
Sincerely,
 
 
Ronald J. Casciano
CEO & President
PAR Technology Corporation
 
 
I have read this offer letter in its entirety and agree to the terms and conditions of employment.  I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.
 
 
     
Michael Bartusek
 
Date
 
 


Exhibit 10.26
 
EXECUTION VERSION
 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

GARY JONAS COMPUTING LTD.
as Jonas Canada,

SMS SOFTWARE HOLDINGS LLC
as U.S. Purchaser,

JONAS COMPUTING (UK) LTD.
as U.K. Purchaser,

PAR SPRINGER-MILLER SYSTEMS, INC.
as PSMS Seller,

SPRINGER-MILLER INTERNATIONAL, LLC
as SMI Seller,

SPRINGER-MILLER CANADA, ULC
as Canadian Seller,

PARTECH, INC.
as Warrantor,

and

CONSTELLATION SOFTWARE INC.
as Limited Guarantor



Dated as of November 4, 2015
 

 

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the day of November 4, 2015 by and among Gary   Jonas Computing Ltd., an Ontario corporation (the “ Jonas Canada ”), Jonas USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ U.S. Purchaser ”), Jonas Computing (UK) Ltd. (the “ U.K. Purchaser ”) a corporation incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ PSMS Seller ”), Springer-Miller International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ SMI Seller ”) , Springer-Miller Canada, ULC a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company(the “ Canadian Seller ”), ParTech, Inc., a New York corporation (the “ Warrantor ”) and for purposes of Section 7.1 only, Constellation Software Inc., an Ontario corporation (the “Limited Guarantor”).

WHEREAS , the Group is engaged in the Business (as such terms are hereinafter defined);

and

WHEREAS , the Group desires to sell, and Jonas Canada desires to purchase, the   intellectual property assets pertaining to the Business along with certain other assets of the Business located in Canada and Malaysia, upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

WHEREAS , the Group desires to sell, and U.K. Purchaser desires to purchase, certain   assets of the Business located in the United Kingdom, upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

WHEREAS , the Group desires to sell, and the U.S. Purchaser desires to purchase, certain   of the other assets pertaining to the Business upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth .

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements   herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is mutually acknowledged and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.
INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions . In this Agreement, unless something in the subject matter or context is   inconsistent therewith:

“Agreement” means this agreement and all schedules and exhibits hereto and all   amendments made hereto and thereto by written agreement between PSMS Seller, SMI Seller, Canadian Seller, Jonas Canada, U.K. Purchaser, U.S. Purchaser, the Limited Guarantor, and the Warrantor.

“Assets” means the assets referred to or described in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, but not including   the Excluded Assets.

“Assignment and Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set out in Section 6.1(a) (iv).
 
1

“Assignment Exceptions Contracts” has the meaning set out in Section 2.9.

“Assumed Contracts” means the Contracts of the Group listed in Schedule L.

“Balance Sheet” means the consolidated balance sheet of the Group.

“Balance Sheet Date” means December 31, 2014.

“Base Purchase Price” has the meaning set out in Section 2.4.

“Benefit Plan” means any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other   arrangement providing for compensation, severance, termination pay, deferred compensation, performance awards, stock or stock-related awards, fringe benefits or other employee benefits or remuneration of any kind, whether written or unwritten or otherwise, funded or unfunded (including without limitation, each “employee benefit plan”, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA)) which is maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by the Group or any affiliate of the Group for the benefit of any employee, or with respect to which the Group or any affiliate of the Group has or may have any liability or obligation.

“Business” means the business carried on by or on behalf of the Group as at the Closing   Date, including all business being planned and all inactive lines of business previously carried on by the Group prior to the Closing Date that the Group has rights to as of the Closing Date.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday in the   State of New York or the Province of Ontario.

“Canadian Assets” means those assets listed in Section 2.2A.

“Canadian Seller” has the meaning set out in the preamble hereto.

“Claims” means all losses, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and demands of whatever   nature or kind including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and costs.

“Closing Date” means the date hereof.

“Closing Date Balance Sheet” means the Balance Sheet as at the Closing Date.

“Closing NTA” has the meaning set out in Section 2.6(b).

“Closing Payment” has the meaning set out in Section 2.4(a).

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Collected Accounts Receivable” means those accounts receivable of the Group received   and collected by the Purchasers exercising reasonable and customary collection practices from the Closing Date until the date that is 180 days following the Closing Date.
 
2

Consequential Damages means consequential, incidental or special damages as such terms are defined or interpreted under New York law, including without limitation, any such consequential damages which are lost profits or lost opportunities, but excluding any damages arising in the case of Fraud .

“Contracts” means any contract, agreement, entitlement, commitment or license by which   the Group is bound including, without limitation, all licenses, support and maintenance contracts applicable to the Software.

“Developers” has the meaning set out in Section 3.1(j)(i).

“Direct Claims” has the meaning set out in Section 4.4.

“Employment Agreements” has the meaning set out in Section 5.1(a)(vi).

“Environmental Laws” has the meaning set out in Section 3.1(ff).

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“ERISA Affiliate” has the meaning set out in Section 2.8(g).

“Estimated NTA” has the meaning set out in Schedule M.

“Excess” has the meaning set out in Section 2.6(c).

“Excluded Assets” means the property and assets described in Section 2.3.

“Financial Statements” has the meaning set out in Section 3.1(g)(i).

Fraud means a material representation or statement made by the Group or the Warrantor that is deliberately made, and known to be untrue by the party making such representation or statement, or an omission of a material fact where such omission is deliberately made by any such person and known to such person, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, to be misleading.

“Group” means collectively and individually, as the context of this Agreement requires,   the PSMS Seller, the SMI Seller, and the Canadian Seller.

“Group Disclosure Schedules” has the meaning set out in Section 1.5.

“Group’s Documents” has the meaning set out in Section 4.1(a)(i).

Group’s Representative means the Chief Financial Officer of PAR Technology Corporation.

“Hazardous Substances” has the meaning set out in Section 3.1(ff).

“Holdback Amount” means the sum of $4,500,000.
 
3

“Holdback Release Date” means the first Business Day that is eighteen (18) months after   the Closing Date, subject to extension in connection with the finalization of the Closing Date Balance Sheet to be determined pursuant to Section 2.6(b).

“Intellectual Property” has the meaning set out in Section 2.1(b).

“Interim Date” means June 30, 2015.

“Jonas Canada” has the meaning set out in the preamble hereto.

“Key Employees” means the employees listed in Schedule G.

“Leases” means those lease agreements listed in Schedule L, in respect of the Leased   Premises.

“Leased Premises” means that certain property as listed in Schedule L leased by the Group   pursuant to the Lease.

“Licensed Technology” has the meaning set out in Section 3.1(i) (ii).

“Lien” includes any security interest, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, assignment by way   of security, deed of trust, lien, charge or other similar encumbrance.

“Limited Guarantor” has the meaning set out in the preamble hereto.

Malaysian Employees has the meaning set out in Section 4.11(a).

“Malaysian Assets” means those assets listed in Section 2.2C.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a change, effect, condition or circumstance that is   reasonably deemed to be material and adverse to the Assets or the Business or otherwise materially adversely affects the ability of the Group to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, except for any such changes or effects to the extent resulting, directly or indirectly, from (i) the public announcement of, or performance of the transactions contemplated by or pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) changes in GAAP or any applicable law, (iii) any act of terrorism or war in excess of hostilities currently taking place, (iv) changes in general economic or political conditions or the financial, banking or securities markets, (v) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Business operates, or (vi) any natural or man-made disaster or act of God; except in the case of (ii), (iii),(iv) and (v), to the extent any such change, effect, condition or circumstance has had a materially disproportionate effect on the Assets or the Business, as compared to other persons in the industry in which the Group participates.

“Net Tangible Assets” means the book value of the Tangible Assets less the book value of   the Tangible Liabilities, determined in accordance with GAAP and the principles and methodology set out in Schedule M.
 
Open Source Materials means, collectively, software or other materials that are distributed as “free software” (as defined by the Free Software Foundation), “open source software” (meaning software distributed under any license approved by the Open Source Initiative as set forth at www.opensource.org) or under a similar licensing or distribution model (including under a GNU General Public License (GPL), a GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), a Mozilla Public License (MPL), a BSD license, an Artistic License, a Netscape Public License, a Sun Community Source License (SCSL), a Sun Industry Standards License (SISL) and an Apache License).
 
4

“Permitted Liens” means Liens for taxes not yet due and payable or being contested in   good faith, mechanics’, materialmen’s, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, contractors’ and warehousemen’s Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business, and Liens listed and described in Schedule P but only to the extent such Liens confirm to their description in Schedule P.

“Preliminary NTA Payment” has the meaning set out in Section 2.6(g);

“Preliminary Closing Date Balance Sheet” has the meaning set out in Section 2.6(h);

“Preliminary Closing NTA” has the meaning set out in Section 2.6(h);

“Preliminary Excess Payment” Section 2.6(h);

“Preliminary Shortfall Payment” Section 2.6(h);

“Principal” means a shareholder, director or officer of the Group.

“PSMS Seller” has the meaning set out in the preamble hereto.

“Purchasers” means collectively, Jonas Canada, the U.K. Purchaser, and the U.S.   Purchaser.

“Purchasers’ Documents” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2(a) (i).

“Purchasers Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning set out in Section 7.1.

“Purchasers Indemnitees” has the meaning set out in Section 4.1(a).

“Regulations” means the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment)   Regulations 2006 (as amended).

“Released Parties” has the meaning set out in Section 7.16.

“Retained Liabilities” has the meaning set out in Section 2.8.

“Reviewing Accountant” has the meaning set out in Section 2.6(b).

“Shortfall” has the meaning set out in Section 2.6(d).
 
5

“Software” means the computer programs known by the names as set out in Schedule C,   including all versions thereof, and all related documentation, manuals, source code and object code, program files, data files, computer related data, field and data definitions and relationships, data definition specifications, data models, program and system logic, interfaces, program modules, routines, sub-routines, algorithms, program architecture, design concepts, system designs, program structure, sequence and organization, screen displays and report layouts, and all other material related to the said computer programs, all as they exist at the Time of Closing, whether under development or as currently being marketed by the Group.

“Tangible Assets” means Collected Accounts Receivable, cash and cash equivalents,   inventory, pre-paid expenses and net fixed assets (net of accumulated depreciation and excluding any capitalized development expenses), but excluding deferred tax assets and other intangible assets such as goodwill and capitalized software development costs.

“Tangible Liabilities” means accounts payable, advanced billings/deferred revenue,   income tax payable, sales tax payable, other tax payable, employee related payables (e.g. benefits, payroll taxes, accrued vacation and accrued commissions), accrued expenses, but excluding all amounts owing to financial institutions, shareholders, employees or any other non-arm’s length party.

“Third Party Claim” has the meaning set out in Section 4.4.

“Third Party Programs” has the meaning set out in Section 3.1(j)(iv).

“Time of Closing” means 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Standard Time) on the Closing Date.   Transitional Services Agreement ” has the meaning set out in Section 5.1(a)(vii).

“U.K. Assets” means those assets listed in Section 2.2B.

“U.K. Employees” has the meaning set out in Section 4.10(a).

“U.K. Purchaser” has the meaning set out in the preamble hereto.

“U.S. Purchaser” has the meaning set out in the preamble hereto.

“VAT” means value added tax.

“WARN” has the meaning set out in Section 2.8.

“Warrantor” means Partech, Inc..

“Warrantor Indemnitees” has the meaning set out in Section 4.2(a).

1.2 Knowledge . Where any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement is   expressly qualified by reference to the “knowledge of the Group or the Warrantor” or to any similar expression, it will be deemed to refer to the actual knowledge of Lawrence W. Hall, Victor L. Vesnaver, Ron Casciano, Viola A. Murdock and Rick Stone after reasonable internal investigation as to the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties herein.
 
6

1.3 Extended Meanings . In this Agreement words importing any gender include all genders   and words importing persons include individuals, partnerships, associations, trusts, unincorporated organizations, companies and corporations.

1.4 Accounting Principles . Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to a calculation to   be made or an action to be taken in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), such reference will be deemed to be to the generally accepted accounting principles from time to time approved by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or any successor entity, applicable as at the date on which such calculation or action is made or taken or required to be made or taken in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied..

1.5 Currency . All references to currency herein are to lawful money of the United States of   America.

1.6 Schedules . The following are the Schedules attached hereto and incorporated by reference   and deemed to be part hereof (all of such Schedules constituting the “ Group Disclosure   Schedules ”):

Schedule A -  Financial Statements
Schedule B - Computer and Other Equipment
Schedule C - Software and Intellectual Property
Schedule D - Disclosure Schedule
Schedule E -  Employee and Contractor Agreements
Schedule F -  Inventory
Schedule G - List of Key Employees
Schedule H - Insurance
Schedule I -  Accounts Payable
Schedule J -  Accounts Receivable
Schedule K - Form of Employment Agreement
Schedule L -  Assumed Contracts
Schedule M - Template Net Tangible Assets (NTA) Calculation
Schedule N - Purchase Price Allocation
Schedule O - Interim Financial Statements
Schedule P -  Permitted Liens
Schedule Q -  Certificates of the Group to be Delivered at Closing
Schedule R -  Form of Transitional Services Agreement
Schedule S -  Certificates of the Purchasers to be Delivered at Closing
Schedule T -  List of the Group’s Documents
Schedule U - Targeted Gross Revenue and Targeted EBITA
Schedule V - Specific Excluded Assets
Schedule W - Persons for Purposes of Section 5.1(a)(x)
Schedule X - Persons for Purposes of Section 7.2
Schedule 2.9 - Assignment Exception Contracts and Procedures Related Thereto
 
7

2.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS

2.1 Purchase and Sale of Software and Intellectual Property .

Upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Group will sell, convey, assign and transfer in perpetuity to Jonas Canada free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and Jonas Canada will purchase, wherever such assets are located and whether such assets are tangible or intangible, and whether or not any of such assets have any value for accounting purposes or are carried or reflected on or specifically referred to in Group’s books or financial statements:

(a) the Software, and all intellectual property rights of the Group in the Software; and

(b) all of the intellectual property owned by the Group and used or currently being developed for use by the Group and all rights of the Group therein, worldwide, whether registered or unregistered (collectively with the Software, the “ Intellectual Property ”), including:

(i) Copyrights - all copyrights owned by the Group, including without   limitation, all copyrights in and to the computer software programs listed in Schedule C , including the Software and all applications and registrations of   such copyrights;

(ii) Trademarks; Domain Names - all trademarks, tradenames, service marks,   brand names, logos, domain names or the like owned by the Group, whether used in association with wares or services, including without limitation, those trademarks listed in Schedule C and all applications, registrations, renewals, modifications and extensions of such trademarks and domain names;

(iii) Patents – all patents, patent applications and other patent rights, if any, of   the Group;

(iv) Technology - all technology created, developed or acquired by the Group,   whether or not patented or patentable and whether or not fixed in any medium whatsoever, including without limitation, all inventions, know how, techniques, processes, procedures, methods, trade secrets, research and technical data, records, formulae, designs, industrial designs, sketches, patterns, databases, specifications, schematics, blue prints, flow charts or sheets, equipment and parts lists and descriptions, samples, reports, studies, findings, algorithms, instructions, guides, manuals, and plans for new or revised products and/or services; and

(v) Licenses - all licenses and sub-licenses listed in   Schedule C   in which the   Group is a licensee of intellectual property of a nature described in paragraphs (i) - (iv).
 
8

For the avoidance of doubt, Group may retain, for archival purposes only, one copy of the Intellectual Property, provided that the Group’s confidentiality obligations in Section 6.2 shall extend to such Intellectual Property for as long as such Intellectual Property is retained.

2.2 A. Purchase and Sale of Assets in Canada . Upon and subject to the terms and   conditions hereof, the Group will sell, assign and transfer to Jonas Canada free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and Jonas Canada will purchase from the Group as a going concern, as of and with effect from the opening of business on the Closing Date, the following assets, whether such assets are tangible or intangible, and whether or not any of such assets have any value for accounting purposes or are carried or reflected on or specifically referred to in Group’s books or financial statements:

(a) All computer and other equipment and accessories and supplies of all kinds owned by the Group located in Canada (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets) including, without limitation, those items listed in Schedule B1 ;

(b) All right, title and interest of the Group in, to and under the Assumed Contracts listed in Schedule L1, including the benefit of all unfilled orders received by the Group in connection with such Assumed Contracts;

(c) All prepaid expenses and deposits relating to the Canadian Assets;

(d) All inventory listed on Schedule F1 ;

(e) The benefit of all representations, warranties, guarantees, indemnities, undertakings, certificates, covenants, agreements and the like and all security therefore received by the Group on the purchase or other acquisition of any part of the Canadian Assets;

(f) All books, records or files of the Canadian Seller including, without limitation all financial, production, personnel, sales and customer records (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets);

(g) All cash, term or time deposits owned or held by or for the account of the Canadian Seller;

(h) All accounts receivable, trade accounts, notes receivable, book debts and other debts due or accruing due to the Canadian Seller (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets), all of which are listed in Schedule J1 hereto;

(i) All claims, choses in action, causes of action and judgments relating to the Canadian Assets;

(j) All certifications, franchises, approvals, licenses, orders, registrations, certificates, and other similar rights of the Canadian Seller obtained from any governmental authority or professional or trade organization and all pending applications therefor relating to the Business;
 
9

(k) All customer and supplier lists and (to the extent not otherwise used by the Canadian Seller) all rights of the Canadian Seller to the telephone and facsimile numbers utilized by Canadian Seller in conducting the Business;

(l) All rights of Canadian Seller to proceeds of insurance policies to the extent that such policies cover the alleged or actual damage, destruction or impairment of assets (including, but not limited to, bodily injury) or other rights described in Section 2.1 and this Section 2.2, which damage, destruction or impairment occurred on or prior to the Closing Date;

(m) All work in process of the Canadian Seller relating to the Business;

(n) All rights of the Canadian Seller under any non-compete agreements relating to the Business, to the extent assignable without consent of the other party thereto; and

(o) All rights of the Canadian Seller in and to the Leased Premises under the Leases.

B.             Purchase and Sale of Assets in United Kingdom . Upon and subject to the terms   and conditions hereof, the Group will sell, assign and transfer to U.K. Purchaser free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and U.K. Purchaser will purchase from the Group as a going concern, as of and with effect from the opening of business on the Closing Date, the following assets, whether such assets are tangible or intangible, and whether or not any of such assets have any value for accounting purposes or are carried or reflected on or specifically referred to in Group’s books or financial statements:

  (a) All computer and other equipment and accessories and supplies of all kinds owned by the Group located in United Kingdom (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets) including, without limitation, those items listed in Schedule B2 ;

(b) All right, title and interest of the Group in, to and under the Assumed Contracts listed in Schedule L2, including the benefit of all unfilled orders received by the Group in connection with such Assumed Contracts;

(c) All prepaid expenses and deposits relating to the U.K. Assets;

(d) All inventory listed on Schedule F2 ;

(e) The benefit of all representations, warranties, guarantees, indemnities, undertakings, certificates, covenants, agreements and the like and all security therefore received by the Group on the purchase or other acquisition of any part of the U.K. Assets;

(f) All books, records or files of the Group relating to the U.K. Assets including, without limitation any such financial, production, personnel, sales and customer records (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets);
 
10

(g) All accounts receivable, trade accounts, notes receivable, book debts and other debts due or accruing due to the Group relating to the U.K. Assets (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets), all of which are listed in Schedule   J2 hereto;

(h) All claims, choses in action, causes of action and judgments relating to the U.K. Assets;

(i) All certifications, franchises, approvals, licenses, orders, registrations, certificates, and other similar rights of the Group relating to the U.K. Assets obtained from any governmental authority or professional or trade organization and all pending applications therefor relating to the Business;

(j) All customer and supplier lists and all rights of the Group to the telephone and facsimile numbers relating to the U.K. Assets and utilized by the Group in conducting the Business;

(k) All rights of the Group to proceeds of insurance policies to the extent that such policies cover the alleged or actual damage, destruction or impairment of the U.K. Assets (including, but not limited to, bodily injury), which damage, destruction or impairment occurred on or prior to the Closing Date;

(l) All work in process of the Group relating to the U.K. Assets and the Business;

(m) All rights of the Group under any non-compete agreements relating to the U.K. Assets and the Business, to the extent assignable without consent of the other party thereto; and

(n) All rights of the Group in and to the Leased Premises under any Lease for property located in the United Kingdom.

C.             Purchase and Sale of Assets in Malaysia . Upon and subject to the terms and   conditions hereof, the Group will sell, assign and transfer to Jonas Canada free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and Jonas Canada will purchase from the Group as a going concern, as of and with effect from the opening of business on the Closing Date, the following assets, whether such assets are tangible or intangible, and whether or not any of such assets have any value for accounting purposes or are carried or reflected on or specifically referred to in Group’s books or financial statements:

(a) All computer and other equipment and accessories and supplies of all kinds owned by the Group located in Malaysia (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets) including, without limitation, those items listed in Schedule B3 ;

(b) All right, title and interest of the Group in, to and under the Assumed Contracts listed in Schedule L3, including the benefit of all unfilled orders received by the Group in connection with such Assumed Contracts;
 
11

(c) All prepaid expenses and deposits relating to the Malaysian Assets;

(d) All inventory listed on Schedule F3 ;

(e) The benefit of all representations, warranties, guarantees, indemnities, undertakings, certificates, covenants, agreements and the like and all security therefore received by the Group on the purchase or other acquisition of any part of the Malaysian Assets;

(f) All books, records or files of the Group relating to the Malaysian Assets including, without limitation any such financial, production, personnel, sales and customer records (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets);

(g) All accounts receivable, trade accounts, notes receivable, book debts and other debts due or accruing due to the Group relating to the Malaysian Assets (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets), all of which are listed in Schedule J3 hereto;

(h) All claims, choses in action, causes of action and judgments relating to the Malaysian Assets;

(i) All certifications, franchises, approvals, licenses, orders, registrations, certificates, and other similar rights of the Group relating to the Malaysian Assets obtained from any governmental authority or professional or trade organization and all pending applications therefor relating to the Business;

(j) All customer and supplier lists and all rights of the Group to the telephone and facsimile numbers relating to the Malaysian Assets and utilized by the Group in conducting the Business;

(k) All rights of the Group to proceeds of insurance policies to the extent that such policies cover the alleged or actual damage, destruction or impairment of the Malaysian Assets (including, but not limited to, bodily injury), which damage, destruction or impairment occurred on or prior to the Closing Date;

(l) All work in process of the Group relating to the Malaysian Assets and the Business;

(m) All rights of the Group under any non-compete agreements relating to the Malaysian Assets and the Business, to the extent assignable without consent of the other party thereto; and

(n) All rights of the Group in and to the Leased Premises under any Lease for property located in Malaysia.
 
12

D.             Purchase and Sale of Assets in the United States and Other Assets . Upon and   subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Group will sell, assign and transfer to the U.S. Purchaser free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and the U.S. Purchaser will purchase from the Group as a going concern, as of and with effect from the opening of business on the Closing Date, the following assets, wherever such assets are located and whether such assets are tangible or intangible, and whether or not any of such assets have any value for accounting purposes or are carried or reflected on or specifically referred to in Group’s books or financial statements, but specifically excluding the Excluded Assets, the Canadian Assets, the U.K. Assets, and the Malaysian Assets:
 
(a) All computer and other equipment and accessories and supplies of all kinds owned by the Group whether located in or on the premises of the Group or elsewhere (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets) including, without limitation, those items listed in Schedule B4 ;

(b) All right, title and interest of the Group in, to and under the Assumed Contracts listed in Schedule L4, including the benefit of all unfilled orders received by the Group;

(c) All prepaid expenses and deposits relating to the Assets;

(d) All inventory listed on Schedule F4 ;

(e) The benefit of all representations, warranties, guarantees, indemnities, undertakings, certificates, covenants, agreements and the like and all security therefore received by the Group on the purchase or other acquisition of any part of the Assets;

(f) All books, records or files of the Group including, without limitation all financial, production, personnel, sales and customer records (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets);

(g) All cash, term or time deposits owned or held by or for the account of the Group;

(h) All accounts receivable, trade accounts, notes receivable, book debts and other debts due or accruing due to the Group (except to the extent any of the foregoing are or relate to Excluded Assets), all of which are listed in Schedule J4 hereto;

(i) All claims, choses in action, causes of action and judgments relating to the Assets;

(j) All certifications, franchises, approvals, licenses, orders, registrations, certificates, and other similar rights obtained from any governmental authority or professional or trade organization and all pending applications therefor relating to the Business;

(k) All customer and supplier lists and all Group rights to the telephone and facsimile numbers utilized by Group in conducting the Business;

(l) All rights to proceeds of insurance policies to the extent that such policies cover the alleged or actual damage, destruction or impairment of assets (including, but not limited to, bodily injury) or other rights described in Section 2.1 and this Section 2.2, which damage, destruction or impairment occurred on or prior to the Closing Date;

(m) All work in process of the Group relating to the Business;
 
13

(n) All rights of the Group under any non-compete agreements relating to the Business, to the extent assignable without consent of the other party thereto; and

(o) All rights of the Group in and to the Leased Premises under the Leases.

2.3 Excluded Assets . From and after the Closing Date, the Group shall retain all of its right,   title and interest in and to, and there shall be excluded from the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer to Purchasers hereunder, and the Assets shall exclude the following assets and properties:

(a) Life insurance proceeds receivable in respect of the life of any Principal;

(b) Amounts attributable to income or other taxes refundable and all refundable sales taxes, excise taxes, municipal taxes and like taxes and interest thereon refundable to the Group in respect of any period ending prior to the Closing Date;

(c) All notes receivable, or other debts due or accruing due to the Group from any Principal;

(d) All books and records relating to the Excluded Assets and the charter, taxpayer and other identification numbers, seals, minute books, unit transfer records and other documents related to the organization, maintenance and existence of the Group or its subsidiaries as legal entities (for avoidance of doubt, Group may retain for archival purposes, copies of all assets described in Section 2.2(f); provided that the Group’s confidentiality obligations in Section 6.2 shall extend to such assets for as long as such assets are retained);

(e) All of the Group's rights under this Agreement;

(f) All rights, duties and obligations of the Group relating to any and all employment and consulting agreements of any nature between it and any employee or consultant (other than any Employment Agreements in the form of Schedule K to be entered into in connection with this Agreement as set forth on Schedule G);

(g) All insurance policies owned and maintained by the Group and all rights thereunder other than to the extent specifically referenced in Section 2.2(l) hereof;

(h) Those specific assets listed in Schedule V ; and

(i) All claims of the Group related to the Excluded Assets, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or non-contingent.
 
14

2.4 Payment of Purchase Price; Earn-Out . Subject to adjustment (if any) pursuant to the   terms of Section 2.6 (Price Adjustment and Payment of Holdback Amount), Section 2.11 (Setoff of Claims) and any Claims by the Purchasers under the representations, warranties and covenants set out in this Agreement, the base consideration (the “ Base Purchase   Price ”) payable by the Purchasers to the Group for the Assets is $16,600,000. The Base   Purchase Price shall be paid as follows:
 
(a) a fixed payment equal to $12,100,000 will be paid at the Time of Closing (“ Closing Payment ”); and

(b) the Holdback Amount will be held by the Purchasers, and subject to the terms of this Agreement, paid on the Holdback Release Date.

(c) Earn-Out.

(i) As additional consideration for the Assets, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, the Purchasers will pay to the Group an aggregate amount, if any (the “Earn-Out Amount” and collectively with the Base Purchase Price, the “Purchase Price”), of up to $1,500,000, as follows:
 
(A) Up to $500,000 of the Earn-Out Amount shall be payable with respect to each of the calendar years 2016, 2017 and 2018 in the event that the Business shall have earned (A) Gross Revenue for such calendar year period of not less than the Targeted Gross Revenue for such period as set forth on Schedule U , and (B) EBITA for such calendar year period of not less than the Targeted EBITA for such period as set forth on such Schedule U .

(B) The Earn-Out Amount for any calendar year period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which the amount equal to the Targeted Gross Revenue for such period as set forth on Schedule U exceeds the Gross Revenue for such calendar year   period, but not below zero. No Earn-Out Amount shall be payable unless the Business shall have earned EBITA in an amount equal to or greater than Targeted EBITA for such period as set forth in Schedule U . For the avoidance of doubt, the Earn-Out Amount will   be calculated on an annual basis in accordance with the following formula:

Step 1: Does the EBITA for the calendar year in question meet or exceed the Targeted EBITA for such period? If the answer is “yes”, consider Step 2. If the answer is “no”, no Earn-Out Amount shall be payable in respect of such calendar year.

Step 2: Earn-Out Amount = $500,000 + GR - TGR (but where the Earn-Out Amount is not less than $0 and not more than $500,000)

Where:

“TGR” is the Targeted Gross Revenue for such calendar year “GR” is Gross Revenue for such calendar year

(ii) Subject to Sections 2.4(c)(iv), 2.4(d), and 2.11, the Earn-Out Amount for the calendar years 2016, 2017, and 2018 will be paid by the Purchasers no later than April 15 of the following calendar year, by delivery to the Group by wire transfer of immediately available funds for an amount in dollars equal to the Earn-Out Amount for such year.
 
15

(iii) On or before March 1 of the year following the calendar year for which the Earn-Out Amount is calculated, the Purchasers will deliver to the Group’s Representative a statement prepared by the Purchasers setting forth and stating whether any Earn-Out Amount is payable pursuant to this Section 2.4, with appropriate supporting calculations and supporting documentation (the “Earn-Out Statement”). After the Earn-Out Statement has been delivered by the Purchasers to the Group’s Representative, the Group’s Representative may within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt thereof exercise the right to dispute the Earn-Out Statement by so notifying the Purchasers in a written statement specifying the nature and reasons for the Group's Representative’s disagreement with the Purchasers' determination (an “Earn-Out Dispute Notice”). If no Earn-Out Dispute Notice is provided, the Earn-Out Amount shall be payable by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(ii)) within five (5) Business Days from the completion of the ten Business Day period referred to above. If an Earn-Out Dispute Notice is provided within such ten Business Day period, then the portion of the Earn-Out Amount which is not disputed by the Group’s Representative in the Earn-Out Dispute Notice shall be payable by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(ii)) within five (5) Business Days from receipt of the Earn-Out Dispute Notice. The portion of the Earn-Out Amount which is disputed by the Group’s Representative in the Earn-Out Dispute Notice shall be governed by Section 2.4(d).

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.4(c):

(A) “Gross Revenue” means the gross revenue of the Business, calculated in accordance with Schedule U and, otherwise, in accordance with GAAP;

(B) “Net Revenue” means the gross revenue of the Business less any associated third party costs, including, but not limited to, all support and maintenance costs, hardware costs, payment processing costs, hosting, software, license or maintenance royalties, professional services, consultant’s fees, third party commissions or referral fees, all calculated in accordance with GAAP;

(C) “EBITA” shall mean the income of the Business before interest, amortization and tax expenses, calculated in accordance with GAAP, excluding all employee severance and other costs and expenses related to employee terminations or reductions in force. “EBITA” shall also exclude costs and expenses associated with the financial reporting and administration functions of the Business, but shall include, in lieu thereof, a charge for such functions equal to three percent (3%) of Net Revenue for the applicable calendar year.
 
16

  (d) Procedure For Earn-Out.

(i) During the 15 day period following the Purchasers’ receipt of an Earn-Out Dispute Notice, the Purchasers and the Group’s Representative shall attempt in good faith to resolve the disagreement with respect to the Earn-Out Statement and during the period from the date on which Purchasers deliver the Earn-Out Statement through such 15 day period the Purchasers will cause the Group’s Representative to be provided with access at reasonable times, following reasonable notice, to books and records relevant to sales and expenses of the Business for the purposes of verifying the Earn-Out Statement. If the Group’s Representative and the Purchasers are unable to resolve any such disagreement within such 15 day period, the matter shall be submitted to an independent accounting firm of national reputation reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers and the Group’s Representative (an “Independent Firm”). In connection with such engagement, the parties will each execute, if requested by the Independent Firm, a reasonable engagement letter including customary indemnities. Promptly after such engagement of the Independent Firm, the parties will provide the Independent Firm with a copy of this Agreement, the Earn-Out Statement, and the Earn-Out Dispute Notice. The Purchasers and the Group’s Representative may each submit one position statement accompanied by supporting documentation to the Independent Firm. The Independent Firm will have the authority to request in writing such additional written submissions from the parties as it deems appropriate, provided that a copy of any such submission will be provided to the other party at the same time as it is provided to the Independent Firm. The parties will not make any additional submission to the Independent Firm except pursuant to such a written request by the Independent Firm. The parties will not communicate orally or in written form (or permit any of their Affiliates to communicate) with the Independent Firm without providing the other party a reasonable opportunity to participate in such communication with the Independent Firm (other than with respect to written submissions to the Independent Firm, a copy of which shall also be provided to the other party). The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Firm to render its determination on the matter within thirty (30) days of its submission. Such determination shall be, for all purposes, conclusive, non-appealable, final and binding upon all parties to this Agreement. Once such determination is made, any resolved Earn-Out Amount shall become immediately payable by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(ii). The fees and expenses of the Independent Firm will be borne by the Group, on the one hand, and the Purchasers, on the other hand, in the same proportion that the dollar amount of disputed items lost by the Group, on the one hand, or the Purchasers, on the other hand, bears to the total dollar amount in dispute resolved by the Independent Firm. Each party will bear the fees, costs and expenses of its own accountants and all of its other expenses in connection with matters contemplated by this Section 2.4(d).
 
17

(e) The Group acknowledges that the Group may not be entitled to any payment of the Earn-Out Amount pursuant to Section 2.4(c). With the understanding and agreement that the Purchasers shall operate the Business and manage the affairs of the Business from and after the Closing Date in their sole discretion, prior to December 31, 2018, the Purchasers undertake to the Group that they will:

(i)              not require or do any act the sole or main purpose or effect of which is to adversely affect the Gross Revenue or the EBITA of the Business; and

(ii)              use good faith business judgment relating to the continued development, marketing, servicing and contracting with respect to the products and services provided by the Business; and

(iii)              act fairly and in good faith with regard to the Group’s interest in the Earn-Out Amount (provided that the Purchasers shall always be entitled to incorporate a long term perspective in conducting the Business over the applicable earn-out period in balancing the wide variety of business decisions facing it from time to time),

unless in the reasonable opinion of the board of directors of the Purchasers, the continuing of the Business unchanged will result in unreasonable costs or the Business no longer having a reasonable prospect of achieving profitability, or a material adverse change in the market or outlook of the Business having occurred.

2.5 Determination of Amounts; Elections . The Group and the Purchasers covenant and agree   with each other that the Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Assets as set forth on Schedule N attached hereto. The Group and the Purchasers agree to cooperate in the filing   of such elections under applicable tax codes or statutes as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to such allocation for tax purposes. The Group and the Purchasers agree to prepare and file their respective tax returns in a manner consistent with the aforesaid allocations and elections. If any party fails to file its tax returns, including IRS Forms 8594, if applicable, as aforesaid, it shall indemnify and save harmless the other of them in respect of any additional tax, interest, penalty and legal and/or accounting costs paid or incurred by the other of them as a result of the failure to file as aforesaid.

2.6 Base Purchase Price Adjustment and Payment of Holdback Amount .

(a) The Base Purchase Price has been determined on the basis that the Net Tangible Assets will have a value on the Closing Date equal to the Estimated NTA, to be calculated consistent with the methodology set out in Schedule M .
 
18

(b) Subject to Section 2.6(g) and Section 2.6(h), within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the Closing Date the Purchasers shall deliver to the Group’s Representative the Closing Date Balance Sheet including a statement indicating the value of the Net Tangible Assets as at the Closing Date (such value being the “ Closing NTA ”), prepared in accordance with Schedule M, setting forth (i) the Closing Date Balance Sheet, along with any required schedules and supporting documentation, and (ii) the Purchasers’ calculation of the Closing NTA. The Group’s Representative shall have sixty (60) days following receipt of the Closing Date Balance Sheet to review the Closing Date Balance Sheet (the “ Review   Period ”). Each party shall provide to the other party access to the books and   records reasonably related to the preparation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet and the calculations and information set forth therein, and shall work cooperatively to verify the information set forth therein. If the Group’s Representative desires to accept the Purchasers’ calculation of the Closing NTA, it may do so by delivering written notice of such acceptance to the Purchasers, and the Closing NTA as calculated by the Purchasers shall be binding on the parties as of the date of Purchasers’ receipt of such notice of acceptance. If the Group’s Representative desires to dispute the calculation of the Closing NTA, or any of the information or calculations set forth therein, it may do so by delivering written notice of such dispute to the Purchasers prior to the end of the Review Period. If the Group’s Representative delivers such a notice of dispute, the parties will work together in good faith to resolve the same for a period of thirty (30) days (or such longer period as they may agree in writing). If the Group’s Representative and the Purchasers have not been able to agree upon a resolution of any dispute within such thirty (30) day (or longer agreed) period, then any such dispute shall be resolved by an independent accounting firm (the “ Reviewing   Accountant ”) selected jointly by the Group’s Representative and the Purchasers.   If the parties cannot agree on a Reviewing Accountant within 10 days, they shall each appoint an accountant, and those appointed accountants will, within 10 days thereafter, select a third accountant to act as the Reviewing Accountant. The Reviewing Accountant shall be instructed to resolve any matters in dispute as promptly as practicable, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after submission. The fees of the Reviewing Accountant will be borne equally by the Group (on the one hand) and the Purchasers (on the other hand). The determination of the dispute by the Reviewing Accountant shall be resolved in writing fully, finally and exclusively by the Reviewing Accountant and shall be final and binding on the parties hereto upon receipt of such written determination. The final determination of the Closing NTA shall be deemed to have occurred on the applicable of (x) the date of receipt by Purchasers of a notice of acceptance from the Group, (y) the date of the resolution by the parties of any disputes with respect to the Closing NTA (as such resolution is evidenced in a writing), or (z) the date of receipt by the parties of the written determination of the Reviewing Accountant, and the date of such determination shall be the Holdback Release Date, if such date is more than eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date.
 
(c) If the Closing Date Balance Sheet shows the Closing NTA to be equal to or greater than the Estimated NTA (any excess being the “ Excess ”), then on the Holdback Release Date, the Group shall be entitled to require and receive release of the Holdback Amount from the Purchasers, and the Purchasers shall pay to the Group the Holdback Amount plus the amount of the Excess, and the Base Purchase Price will be increased by the amount of the Excess.
 
19

(d) If the Closing Date Balance Sheet shows the Closing NTA is less than the Estimated NTA (the amount of the difference, expressed as a positive number, being the “ Shortfall ”) and the Shortfall is less than the Holdback Amount, then on the Holdback Release Date, the Purchasers shall pay to the Group the Holdback Amount less the Shortfall, and the Base Purchase Price will be reduced by the Shortfall.

(e) If the Closing Date Balance Sheet shows the Shortfall is equal to or greater than the Holdback Amount, then on the Holdback Release Date, the Purchasers shall be entitled to retain the entire Holdback Amount, and the Group shall pay to the Purchasers the full amount of the Shortfall less the Holdback Amount, and the Base Purchase Price will be reduced by the Shortfall.

(f) Notwithstanding Sections 2.6(c) and (d) and subject to Section 2.11, the Purchasers shall be entitled to withhold from any payment of the Holdback Amount an amount in respect of any Claim of the Purchasers under the representations and warranties of the Group and Warrantor or any of the indemnities contained in this Agreement.

(g) The Group shall make a one-time cash payment of three hundred thousand United States Dollars ($300,000) to the Purchasers on such date that is three (3) Business Days after the Closing Date (“ Preliminary NTA Payment ”).

(h) Notwithstanding the process described in Sections 2.6(a) through 2.6(e), within ninety (90) days from the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall deliver to the Group’s Representative a preliminary version of the Closing Date Balance Sheet (the “ Preliminary Closing Date Balance Sheet ”) including a statement indicating the preliminary value of the Closing NTA (“ Preliminary Closing NTA ”), prepared in accordance with Schedule M, setting forth (i) the Closing Date Balance Sheet, along with any required schedules and supporting documentation, and (ii) the Purchasers’ calculation of the Preliminary Closing NTA. For greater certainty, the Preliminary NTA Payment shall be counted as a Tangible Asset for the purposes of determining the Preliminary Closing NTA and the Closing NTA. The procedures and timelines set forth in Section 2.6(b) with respect to the final determination of the Closing NTA in connection with the Closing Date Balance Sheet shall apply with respect to the determination of the Preliminary Closing NTA in connection with the Preliminary Closing Date Balance Sheet. If the agreed or determined Preliminary Closing NTA indicates that there is an Excess, such Excess shall be paid to the Group by the Purchasers on the date that is one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Closing Date or, if later, five (5) Business Days after the agreement or determination of the Preliminary Closing NTA (or if not a Business Day, the next following Business Day) as a preliminary payment in respect of the Net Tangible Assets (the “ Preliminary Excess Payment ”). If the agreed or determined Preliminary Closing NTA indicates that there is a Shortfall, such Shortfall shall be paid to the Purchasers by the Group on the date that is one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Closing Date or, if later, five (5) Business Days after the agreement or determination of the Preliminary Closing NTA (or if not a Business Day, the next following Business Day) as a preliminary payment in respect of the Net Tangible Assets (the “ Preliminary Shortfall   Payment ”). For greater certainty, the Preliminary Excess Payment or Preliminary   Shortfall Payment shall, as applicable, be commensurately reduce any payment of Shortfall or Excess that is ultimately determined to be payable in accordance with the finally determined Closing Date Balance Sheet in accordance with Sections 2.6(a) through 2.6(e).
 
20

2.7 Assumption of Certain Obligations, Commitments and Liabilities .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Purchasers will assume, discharge and perform only those obligations, commitments and liabilities of the Group under the Assumed Contracts to the extent arising after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, obligations under warranties made in the Assumed Contracts, except that the Purchasers shall not assume or agree to pay, discharge or perform any liabilities or obligations (x) arising out of any breach or default (including for this purpose any event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default by the Group of any provision of any Assumed Contract, including liabilities or obligations arising out of the Group’s failure to perform any Assumed Contract in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing Date, but excluding for this purpose (i) any third party requests for corrections or services made in the ordinary course of business under software performance or service warranties included in any Assumed Contract and (ii) service or performance obligations of the Group arising in the ordinary course of business under any Assumed Contract (and not as a result of any breach of an Assumed Contract) where such obligation remains to be performed as of the Closing Date, (y) owed to a related party of the Group, or (z) that relates to any indemnity, defense or hold harmless provision or agreement for occurrences prior to the Closing Date.

(b) Effective as of the Closing Date, and other than as expressly set forth in Section 2.7(a), the Purchaser will assume, discharge and perform the Tangible Liabilities and no other liabilities of the Group of any nature.

(c) Except as provided in Sections 2.7(a) and 2.7(b), the Purchasers shall only be responsible for liabilities, commitments and obligations arising out of or based upon the Purchasers’ ownership and operation of the Assets from and after the Closing Date.

2.8 Obligations, Commitments and Liabilities Not Assumed . All liabilities, commitments   or obligations (known or unknown, contingent or absolute and whether or not determinable as of the Closing Date) not expressly assumed by the Purchasers hereunder are being retained solely by the Group (the “ Retained Liabilities ”), who shall remain solely liable therefor unconditionally and without right of set-off. The Group hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and releases the Purchasers from all Retained Liabilities, including any Retained Liabilities created by statute or common law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Purchasers do not assume and will not be liable for any obligations, commitments or liabilities of the Group whatsoever including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
 
21

(a) Any liability for taxes of the Group of any nature and any tax payable with respect to the Business or the Assets for any tax period or portion thereof ending on or prior to the Time of Closing and any taxes payable with respect to any business, assets, properties, or operations of Group other than the Business, for any taxable period;

(b) Any indebtedness, liability or obligation of the Group owing to its bankers, its shareholders or any other lender to the Group;

(c) Any obligations of the Group in respect of policies of insurance on the life of any Principal;

(d) Any Claims arising out of the conduct of the Business by the Group prior to the Time of Closing;

(e) Any liability or obligation with respect to employment or consulting agreements of any nature and compensation or employee benefits of any nature owed to any employees, former employees, agents or independent contractors of the Group, whether or not employed by the Purchasers after the Closing Date, that (i) arises out of or relates to the employment/independent contractor or service provider/independent contractor relationship between the Group and any such individuals, (ii) arises out of or relates to any Benefit Plan or (iii) arises out of or relates to events or conditions occurring on or before the Closing Date;

(f) Any liability or obligation arising out of or relating to any Benefit Plan, any other compensation or benefit arrangement sponsored by or contributed to by the Group at any time, or any benefit plan sponsored by or contributed to at any time by any person (A) that is a shareholder of a controlled group (determined for purposes of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) which includes the Group or (B) that is a shareholder of a group of persons which includes the Group that is treated as a "single employer" under Section 414 of the Code (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”), including, but not limited to, any liability arising under ERISA or the Code;

(g) Any liability or obligation of the Group or the Warrantor existing as a result of any act, failure to act or other state of facts or occurrence which constitutes a breach or violation of the Group’s representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement or any other document executed or delivered in connection herewith;

(h) Any liability under applicable bulk transfer laws, or similar statutes, laws or regulations, including, without limitation, state or local tax laws or creditor related laws, arising as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(i) Any liabilities or obligations arising out of or relating to the ownership or operation of the Group’s assets or facilities prior to the Closing Date, including land, property, and buildings;
 
22

(j) Any obligation arising under any contract or agreement that is not an Assumed Contract; and

(k) Any liabilities arising under the Workers Adjustment and Retraining Act (“ WARN ”) for the Group effectuating in the past, now or in the future a “plant closing” or a “mass layoff”, as such terms are defined under the WARN, at any site of employment, facility or operating unit.

2.9 Consents of Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as an attempt   to assign any contract, agreement, permit, franchise, certification, approval, license, order, registration, certificate or claim included in the Assets which is by its terms or by law nonassignable without the consent of the other party or parties thereto (the “ Assignment   Exception Contracts ”), including those agreements listed in Schedule 2.9 hereto, unless   such consent shall have been given, or as to which all the remedies for the enforcement thereof enjoyed by the Group would, as a matter of law, pass to the applicable Purchaser as an incident of the assignments provided for by this Agreement. In order, however, to provide the applicable Purchaser with full realization and value of every Assignment Exception Contract, the Group agrees that on and after the Closing Date, it will, at the request and under the direction of the applicable Purchaser, in the name of the Group or otherwise as the applicable Purchaser shall specify, take all commercially reasonable actions (including, without limitation, the appointment of the applicable Purchaser as a subcontractor to the Group) and do or cause to be taken all such commercially reasonable actions as shall in the reasonable opinion of the applicable Purchaser or its counsel be necessary or proper (a) to provide to the applicable Purchaser the material benefits of any and all Assignment Exception Contracts for their respective terms (or any right or benefit arising thereunder, including the enforcement for the benefit of the applicable Purchaser of rights of the Group against a third party thereunder), (b) to assure that the rights of the Group under the Assignment Exception Contracts shall be preserved for the benefit of the applicable Purchaser and (c) to facilitate receipt of the consideration to be received by the Group in and under every Assignment Exception Contract, which consideration shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be delivered to, the applicable Purchaser. When a consent or approval for the sale, assignment, assumption, transfer, conveyance and delivery of an Assignment Exception Contract is obtained, the Group shall promptly assign, transfer, convey and deliver such Assignment Exception Contract to the applicable Purchaser, and the applicable Purchaser shall assume the obligations under such Assignment Contract to the applicable Purchaser from and after the Closing Date pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement. Nothing in this Section 2.9 shall in any way diminish the Group’s obligations hereunder to obtain consents and approvals and to take all such other actions as are necessary to enable the Group to convey or assign all of the Group’s rights and interests in the Assumed Contracts to the Purchasers. With respect to those Assignment Exception Contracts listed in Schedule 2.9, the Group agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consents within eighteen (18) months of the date of this Agreement, on and subject to the terms set forth in such Schedule 2.9.

2.10 Closing . The sale and purchase of the Assets shall be completed at the Time of Closing at   the office of the Jonas Canada and may be consummated by exchange of electronic or facsimile copies of documents. All acts and proceedings to be taken and all documents to be executed and delivered by the parties at the Time of Closing shall be deemed to have been taken and executed simultaneously, and, except as permitted hereunder, no acts or proceedings shall be deemed taken nor any documents executed or delivered until all have been taken, executed and delivered.
 
23

2.11 Setoff of Claims.

(a) In addition to any other rights that the Purchasers may have pursuant to this Agreement, the Purchasers will have the right but not the obligation, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.4 and this Section 2.11, to withhold from the Holdback Amount, the Excess, and any Earn-Out Amount, if any, an amount equal to the amount of any asserted yet unresolved Claims and to set off such withheld amount against amounts for which the Purchasers have not been fully paid or compensated in respect of such Claims and for which Claims the Purchasers are otherwise entitled to be indemnified by the Group or Warrantor under this Agreement.

(b) If, prior to a payment date for any of the Holdback Amount, the Excess, or any Earn-Out Amount, if any, such a Claim has not been finally determined, then if the Purchasers believes that it has a bona fide and reasonable basis for asserting such Claim, the Purchasers may, by providing written notice to the Group, withhold from the applicable payment to be made in relation to any of the Holdback Amount, the Excess, or any Earn-Out Amount, if any, the reasonably anticipated amount of such Claim pending resolution of such Claim. Such notice shall include the amount to be withheld and the basis for such action.

(c) If (and when) such a Claim is finally determined to be a Claim for which the Group or Warrantor must indemnify the Purchasers, the amount of such finally determined Claim shall be withheld from, and shall setoff and reduce (in each case to the extent then outstanding), the amounts due in relation to the Holdback Amount, the Excess, or any Earn-Out Amount, if any. If all or any portion of any such Claims remain to be paid by the Group or Warrantor after giving effect to this Section 2.11(c), they shall be paid by the Group or Warrantor, as applicable.

(d) If (and when) such a Claim is finally determined to be a Claim for which the Group or Warrantor are not obligated to indemnify the Purchaser, then, if the payment date in respect of the Holdback Amount, the Excess, or any Earn-out Amount, if any, as applicable, with respect to such Claim has then passed, the amount that was withheld in respect of such payment(s) shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days, be paid to the Group or Warrantor, as applicable.

3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.1 Group and Warrantor’s Representations and Warranties . Knowing that the   Purchasers rely thereon, PSMS Seller, SMI Seller, Canadian Seller, and the Warrantor, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Purchasers as of the Closing Date (unless another date is specifically set forth in a representation or warranty, in which case the representation or warranty shall be as of that date), as follows:
 
24

(a) Corporate . The PSMS Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, organized and   subsisting under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own its assets and to carry on its business and, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect, has made all necessary filings under all applicable corporate, securities and taxation laws or any other laws to which the PSMS Seller is subject. The SMI Seller is a limited liability company duly organized and subsisting under the laws of the state of Delaware, with the power to own its assets and to carry on its business and, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect, has made all necessary filings under all applicable corporate, securities and taxation laws or any other laws to which the SMI Seller is subject. The Canadian Seller is an unlimited liability company duly organized and subsisting under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia with the power to own its assets and to carry on its business and, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect, has made all necessary filings under all applicable corporate, securities and taxation laws or any other laws to which the Canadian Seller is subject. Each member of the Group is in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization. Each member of the Group is duly registered or qualified to carry on business in all jurisdictions in which it is required to so register or qualify as a result of the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property or assets, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect. A complete and correct description of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Group is set forth in Section 3.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. The Warrantor is the direct beneficial and registered owner of all the equity interests of the PSMS Seller, the PSMS Seller is the sole member of the SMI Seller, and the SMI Seller is the direct beneficial and registered owner of all the equity interests of each of the Canadian Seller, all as set out in Section 3.1(a)   of Schedule D .
 
(b) Authority . Each member of the Group and the Warrantor has good and sufficient   power, authority and right to enter into and deliver this Agreement and the Group has the power, authority and right to transfer the legal and beneficial title and ownership of the Assets to the Purchasers free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of the Group and the Warrantor. To the knowledge of the Group and the Warrantor, no approval, order, consent or filing with any governmental authority (including any regulatory authority and agency) is required on the part of the Group or the Warrantor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, other than filings not required to be made prior to the Closing Date.
 
(c) Binding Agreement . This Agreement and all other agreements, in connection   with this Agreement to be executed by the Group and the Warrantor constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Group and the Warrantor, as applicable, enforceable against each member of the Group or Warrantor, as the case may be, in accordance with their terms subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency and similar laws and to equitable remedies being always in the discretion of a court.
 
25

(d) No Options . There is no contract, option or any other right of another binding   upon the Group or which at any time in the future may become binding upon the Group to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, charge, mortgage or in any other way dispose of or encumber the Assets other than pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) No Conflict . Neither the entering into nor the delivery of this Agreement nor the   completion of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Group or the Warrantor will conflict with, result in the violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation to repay or loss of any benefit under:

(i) any of the provisions of the organizational documents of the Group,

(ii) except for the Assignment Exception Contracts, any agreement or other instrument to which the Group or the Warrantor is a party or by which the Group or the Warrantor is bound, or

(iii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Group or the Warrantor.

(f) Books and Records . The books and records of the Group are true and correct   and present fairly and disclose in all material respects the financial position of the Group and all material financial transactions and legal and company proceedings of the Group have been accurately recorded in such books and records.

(g) Financial Statements.

(i) Latest Annual Financials . The financial statements of the Group consisting   of the Balance Sheet as of the Balance Sheet Date and statements of income, and changes in financial position for the period ended on the Balance Sheet Date (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Financial Statements ”), copies of which are attached hereto as Schedule A :

(A) Are in accordance with the books and accounts of the Group as at and for the period ended on the Balance Sheet Date,

(B) Are true and correct and present fairly the financial position of the Group as at and for the period ended on the Balance Sheet Date,

(C) Have been prepared in a manner consistent with GAAP, consistently applied, other than as set forth in Section 3.1 (g)(i)(C) of Schedule   D , including the absence of notes required to be provided under GAAP (and provided further that any matters for which notes would be required under GAAP would not create or result in a Material Adverse Effect); and
 
26

(D)
Present fairly all of the assets and liabilities of the Group as at and for the period ended on the Balance Sheet Date.

(ii) Interim Financials . The financial statements of the Group for the six   months ended on the Interim Date, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule O :

(A) Are in accordance with the books and accounts of the Group, as at and for the period ended on the Interim Date;

(B) Are true and correct and present fairly the financial position of the Group, as at and for the period ended on the Interim Date;

(C) Have been prepared in a manner consistent with GAAP, consistently applied, other than as set forth in Section 3.1 (g)(i)(C) of Schedule D , including the absence of notes required to be provided under GAAP (and provided further that any matters for which notes would be required under GAAP would not create or result in a Material Adverse Effect); and

(D) Present fairly all of the assets and liabilities of the Group, as at and for the period ended on the Interim Date.

(h) Financial Position . Since the Interim Date and as of the Closing Date: (i) the   Business has been carried on in its usual and ordinary course and the Group has not entered into any transaction (including any transfer or sale of assets) out of the usual and ordinary course of the Business; (ii) there has been no Material Adverse Effect; (iii) no single capital expenditure in excess of $10,000 or capital expenditures in the aggregate in excess of $50,000 have been made or authorized by the Group; (iv) the Group has not materially changed its price lists, manner of pricing or billing, or the credit lines it makes available to customers; and (v) the Group has no outstanding liabilities except trade debts incurred in the usual and ordinary course of business and shown on the list of payables set out in Schedule   I . The Group has no outstanding guaranties or endorsements (other than   endorsements of notes, bills and checks presented to banks for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) of any nature.

(i) Intellectual Property.
 
27

(i) Owned Intellectual Property. Other than the Licensed Technology, and   except as set forth in Section 3.1(i) of Schedule D , the Group owns and has exclusive and good title to all of the intellectual property (which for purposes of this clause (i) and subsections 3.1(l) and (p) includes the Software and related training materials) that is used or has been used in the past five years prior to the Closing Date by the Group in the Business. Schedule C sets forth a full, complete and true list of all patents, trade-marks, registered copyrights, trade names and service marks, and any applications therefor included in the Intellectual Property, and specifies the jurisdictions in which such Intellectual Property has been issued or registered or in which an application for such issuance and registration has been filed, including the respective registration or application numbers and the names of all registered owners, together with a list of all of the Group's currently marketed software products and an indication as to which, if any, of such software products have been registered for copyright protection with the United States, Canada or other relevant copyright office and any foreign offices and by whom such items have been registered. Other than the Licensed Technology, the Group owns all right, title and interest in and to (free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens) the Intellectual Property, and has the right (and except as set forth in Section 3.1(i) of   Schedule D, is not contractually obligated to pay any compensation, royalty   or fee to any third party in respect thereof) to the use thereof or the material covered thereby in connection with the services or products in respect of which the Intellectual Property is being used. Group has taken commercially reasonable measures to protect its Intellectual Property. The Intellectual Property is in full force and effect and has not been used or enforced, or failed to be used or enforced, in a manner that would result in its abandonment, cancellation or unenforceability. To the extent any of the Intellectual Property has been registered, such registration is active and not subject to any claim, dispute or other controversy. The Intellectual Property, together with the Licensed Technology, collectively constitutes all of the intellectual property necessary to enable the Group to distribute the current products offered by the Group in the Business. The Group has not transferred ownership of the Intellectual Property to any other person. To the Group’s knowledge, there is no and has not been any unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of any of the Intellectual Property by any person, former employee or other third party. The Group has not brought a proceeding alleging infringement of the Intellectual Property or breach of any license or agreement involving the Intellectual Property against any third party
 
(ii) Licensed Technology .   Section 3.1(i)(ii) of the Schedule D   lists all third   party software and any other technology and technical information (other than the Third Party Programs referred to in Section 3.1(j)(iv)) licensed to the Group by third parties other than commercially available software having a one-time or annual license price of less than $50,000 per program (such material, together with the Third Party Programs, the “ Licensed   Technology ”). The Group is using or holding the Licensed Technology   with the consent of a license from the owner of such Licensed Technology pursuant to an Assumed Contract. The Group has, and except as set forth in Section 3.1(i)(ii) of Schedule D , as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, Jonas Canada will have, the right to use, pursuant to valid licenses, all Licensed Technology, including in the creation, modification, compilation, operation or support of the Software.
 
28

(j) Software .

(i) Developers . The individuals and contracting entities (the “ Developers ”)   listed in Section 3.1(j)(i) of Schedule D represent those persons or entities who have been engaged in writing the Software during the seven (7) years prior to the Closing Date;

(ii) Status of Developers . Except as disclosed in   Section 3.1(j) (ii) of Schedule   D , all Developers, at the time they wrote the Software, were either full-time   employees of the Group employed as software programmers, or they were contractors who assigned their intellectual property rights in the Software to the Group pursuant to written agreements.

(iii) Government Funding . No government funding, facilities of a university,   college or other educational institution or research centre or funding from third parties (other than affiliates of the Group) was used in the development of the Software, other than the Third Party Programs;

(iv) Third Party Software . Except for the third party software (“ Third Party   Programs ”) listed in   Section 3.1(j) (iv) of Schedule D , the Software neither   contains nor embodies nor uses nor requires any third party software, including development tools and utilities, and the Software, together with the Third Party Programs, contains all materials necessary for the continued maintenance and development of the Software as presently maintained and developed by the Group. Except as disclosed in Section 3.1(j)(iv) of the   Schedule D , no Open Source Material was or is used in, incorporated into,   integrated or bundled with any of the Software. To the extent that Open Source Material was or is used in, incorporated into, integrated or bundled with any of the Software, none of such Open Source Material is compiled together with, or is otherwise used by or incorporated into the Software in a manner that would require any portion of the Software to be (A) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (B) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (C) be redistributable at no charge;

(v) Third Party Licenses . Copies of all the license, distribution and   maintenance agreements for the Third Party Programs have been provided by the Group to the Purchasers, except in respect of Third Party Programs that are shrink-wrapped, click-wrapped or downloaded software and that are purchased off-the-shelf by the Group in order to be passed through to the Group’s customers or to be used by the Group, and such license and distribution agreements give the Group the right to grant unlimited run-time licenses of the respective Third Party Program to the customers of the Group for the royalties set out in Section 3.1(j)(v) of Schedule D ;
 
29

(vi) Object Code . Only object code versions of the Software have been provided   to those licensee customers of the Software listed in Section 3.1(j)(vi) of   Schedule D , and except as identified in Section 3.1(j)(vi) of Schedule D , no   person except for such licensees have been provided with a copy of the object code of the Software;

(vii) Source Code . Except as disclosed in   Section 3.1(j) (vii) of Schedule D , the   source code for the Software has not been delivered or made available to any person and the Group has not agreed to or undertaken to or in any other way promised to provide such source code to any person. Except as disclosed in Section 3.1(j) (vii) of Schedule D , the source code is currently stored only in the Leased Premises. The sale of the Assets of the Group resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not entitle any customer to obtain a copy of the source code for the Software, nor will it result in any third party being granted any right with respect to the Software or the Intellectual Property;

(viii) Customer Licenses and Other Agreements .   Schedule L   includes all of the   licenses, maintenance or support agreements, development contracts and all other agreements, whether written or oral (other than proposals or request for proposals which are referred to in such agreements) between the Group and licensees of the Software, copies of each of which have been made available to the Purchasers. Except as noted in Section 3.1(j)(viii) of   Schedule D , all licensees of the Software have licenses which are:

(A) transferable and assignable by the Group without prior approval or consent of the other party to such contract

(B) non-exclusive; and

(C) except for licenses containing modules designed for multi-property management, are single-site licenses or are SaaS subscriptions to use only object code versions of the Software;

(ix) Customer Support Agreements. With respect to the support and   maintenance agreements between the Group and users of the Software, except as noted in Section 3.1(j)(ix) of Schedule D , (A) support and maintenance fees are owed by Customer on an annual basis and the payment of which is required for continuation of the license to use the Software, and (B)        the Group has not agreed with any user to limit future increases in maintenance fees (C) the Group has not billed or invoiced for support, maintenance, or hosting (or any other recurring) services for a period that is greater than one year in advance;
 
(x) Software Defects . Except as listed in   Section 3.1(j)(x) of Schedule D , to the   knowledge of Group, as of June 30, 2015 (A) there are no problems or defects in the Software in the Software including bugs, logic errors or failures of the Software to operate as described in their related documentation or specifications, and (B) except for such disclosed problems or defects, the Software operates in accordance with its documentation and specification. Except as listed in Section 3.1(j)(x) of   Schedule D , the Group has no knowledge of any actual or threatened claims   for warranty services in connection with the Assumed Contracts that would involve costs to provide such services in excess of $20,000 in the aggregate for all Assumed Contracts;
 
30

(xi) Development Plans .   Section 3.1(j)(xi) of Schedule D   accurately describes   the current development plans for the Software;

(xii) Disabling Devices . Except as listed in   Section 3.1(j)(xii) Schedule D , the   Software does not contain any disabling mechanisms or protection features which are designed to disrupt or prevent the use of the Software (including time locks, or computer viruses where such viruses are intentionally inserted by the Group);

(xiii) Distributors . Except as listed in   Section 3.1(j)(xiii) of Schedule D , there   are no distributors, joint venturers, partners, sales agents, representatives or any other persons, including VARs, OEMs or resellers, who have rights to market, distribute or license the Software. No entity listed on Section 3.1(j)   (xiii) of Schedule D has been guaranteed pricing for the Software. No entity   listed in Section 3.1(j)(xiii) of Schedule D , and no entity that previously had rights to distribute the Software, has or had exclusive rights to do so in any geographic, product or customer market;

(xiv) Regulatory Approvals . To the knowledge of the Group, the Group has   obtained all applicable government, regulatory, technical and similar approvals in all jurisdictions where the Software is sold or may otherwise be required;

(xv) Patent Fee Payments . All maintenance and annual fees currently due have   been fully paid and all fees paid during prosecution and after issuance of any patent comprising or relating to such item have been paid on time in the correct entity status amounts;

(xvi) PCI Compliant . To the extent the Software constitutes a payment   application pursuant to the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Counsel, the Software has been and is currently PA-DSS validated as described in Section 3.1(j)(xvi) of Schedule D ;
 
31

(xvii) No Breach . Except as set forth in   Section 3.1(j)(xvii) of Schedule D , the   Group is not in material breach of any license, sublicense or other agreement relating to the Intellectual Property or Licensed Technology. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will contravene, conflict with, or result in any limitation on the Purchaser’s right to own or use any Intellectual Property, including any Licensed Technology or Third Party Programs. Neither the Group nor any of its products is infringing, misappropriating or making unlawful use of any Intellectual Property owned by any third party. Except as set forth in Section 3.1(j)(xvii) of   Schedule D , the Group has not in the past five (5) years received any notice   of any actual, alleged, possible or potential infringement, misappropriation or unlawful use by the Group or any of its products of any Intellectual Property owned by any third party. There are no proceedings pending or, to the Group’s knowledge, threatened that allege a claim of infringement of any patents, copyrights or trademarks, or violation of any trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party by the Group or any of its products. There is no proceeding pending or, to the Group’s knowledge, threatened, nor has any claim or demand been made to the Group in writing that challenges the legality, validity, enforceability or ownership of any item of the Intellectual Property.
 
(xviii) Sufficiency of Licenses. Except as disclosed in   Section 3.1(j)(xviii) of   Schedule D , the Business has all of the licenses required to run the Business   as currently conducted and each such license is fully assignable and transferable to Purchaser as an Assumed Contract.

(k) Third Party and Customer Contracts . The Assumed Contracts listed in   Schedule L are the only contracts and agreements, whether written or oral, by   which the Group is bound relating to the Assets or the Business (except for Assumed Contracts entered into by the Group after June 30, 2015 in the ordinary course of business pursuant to agreements (or amendments or addenda to agreements) that are substantially similar to the Group’s standard form of agreement, or which are substantially similar in all material respects to those made in the ordinary course of business by Group) . The unfilled orders listed in Schedule L are the only obligations owing by the Group to end users of the   Software in respect of prepaid but unutilized training and support services of the Group, except for such obligations entered into by Group in the ordinary course of business after June 30, 2015. Except as disclosed in Section 3.1(k) of Schedule   D , the Assumed Contracts represent in each case the entire agreement of the Group   and the respective parties to such contracts with respect to the subject matter thereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.1(k) of Schedule D , The Group is not in default or breach of any Assumed Contract, and to the Group’s knowledge, except as set forth in Section 3.1(k) of Schedule D , the other parties to the Assumed Contracts are not in breach or default of their respective obligations under the Assumed Contracts and, to the knowledge of the Group, there exists no condition (other than payments due in the normal course of business, event or act that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach. Except as set forth in Section 3.1(k) of Schedule D , the Group has performed all obligations required to be performed by it under the Assumed Contracts as of the date hereof. To the Group’s knowledge, no customer of the Group has indicated an intent to make any warranty claims in respect of the Software or to terminate any Assumed Contract. The Group has made no commitments to release or develop any updates, versions or releases of the Software except as may be explicitly provided in the Assumed Contracts. Except as disclosed in Section   3.1(k) of Schedule D , no Assumed Contract limits the freedom of the Group to   compete in any line of business or any geographic area, or to acquire goods or services from any supplier, or establish the prices at which it may sell any goods or services. Schedule L provides a complete and correct list of the ten (10) largest suppliers to the Group (in terms of the Group’s purchases from such suppliers during the two (2) most recently completed fiscal years) of key materials and services and commodities, exclusive of utility services. In the last twelve (12) months, no such supplier has cancelled or otherwise terminated or adversely modified, or threatened to cancel or terminate or adversely modify, its relationship with the Group. The Group has received no written notice and has no knowledge that any such supplier intends to cancel or otherwise adversely modify its relationship with the Group.
 
32

(l) Infringement . The Intellectual Property does not infringe upon or violate any   intellectual property right, including copyrights, patents, trade secrets or other proprietary rights, of any third party, nor has the Group received written notice from any person claiming that the Intellectual Property infringes any third party’s intellectual property rights. Except as disclosed in the Section 3.1(l) of Schedule   D , the Group has not entered into any agreement to indemnify any other person   against any charge of infringement of any of the Intellectual Property.

(m) Non-Disclosure . The Group has taken reasonable steps required to protect the   Group’s rights in confidential information and trade secrets. Section 3.1(m) of   Schedule D lists each current and former employee of and consultant to the Group   during the past 7 years, and identifies who has signed a proprietary rights or confidentiality agreement in the Group's standard form as certified by the Group and delivered to the Purchasers and there are no breaches of any of such proprietary rights or confidentiality agreements by the Group, and to the Group’s knowledge, by the other parties thereto. To the Group’s knowledge, the employment by the Group of any of such employees does not violate any non-disclosure or non-competition agreement between an employee and a third party.

(n) Litigation . Except as set forth in   Section 3.1(n) of Schedule D , there are no   actions, suits, claims in progress or proceedings (whether or not purportedly on behalf of the Group) pending, or, to the knowledge of the Group or Warrantor, threatened, against, the Group, the Intellectual Property, the Business or the Assets, or before or by any federal, provincial, municipal or other governmental court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, except such actions, suits or proceedings as are disclosed in Section 3.1(n) of Schedule D . To the Group’s knowledge, there are no existing   reasonable grounds on which any such action, suit, Claims or proceeding could be commenced with any reasonable likelihood of success. There is no judgment, decree, injunction, rule or order of any court, governmental authority or arbitrator outstanding against the Group or applicable to the Assets or the Business.
 
33

(o) Orders . To the Group’s knowledge, there are no outstanding orders, notices or   similar requirements relating to the Group, the Business or the Assets issued by any building, environmental, fire, health, labour or police authorities or from any other federal, state or municipal authority including, without limitation, occupational health and safety authorities, and there are no matters under discussion with any such authorities relating to orders, notices or similar requirements.

(p) No Encumbrances . Except as set forth in   Section 3.1(p) of Schedule D , the   Group is the owner of the Intellectual Property and the other Assets with a good and marketable title, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and any other rights of others.

(q) Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable . All of the accounts receivable of the   Group as at the Closing Date, including details as to the customer, the amount and the age of the receivable, are set out in Schedule J hereto. The only accounts payable, debts, accrued liabilities and contingent liabilities of the Group, including any of the foregoing owing by the Group and persons not at arm's length with the Group, including all intercompany accounts, and amounts owing to governments, are set out in Schedule I . The inventory listed in Schedule F is fairly valued on the Financial Statements and can be readily sold in the ordinary course of business, except as otherwise identified in such Schedule.

(r) Computer and Other Equipment .   Schedule B   sets out a complete list of the   equipment used in the business of the Group, all such equipment is owned by the Group free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such Group equipment is sufficient to carry on the Business prior to the Closing Date as it is being presently conducted. All such equipment has been properly maintained and is in good working order for the purposes of on-going operation, subject to ordinary wear and tear for machinery and equipment of comparable age.

(s) Insolvency . No order has been made or petition presented or resolution passed   for the winding up of the Group nor has any distress execution or other process been levied against the Group or action taken to repossess goods in the possession of the Group. No steps have been taken for the appointment of an administrator or receiver of any part of the property of the Group. The Group has not made or proposed any arrangement or composition with its creditors or any class of its creditors. The Group has not been party to a transaction pursuant to or as a result of which an asset owned, purportedly owned or otherwise held by it is liable to be transferred or re-transferred to another person or which gives or may give rise to a right of compensation or other payment in favour of another person under the provisions of any bankruptcy legislation in the United States or Canada. The Group will be solvent upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, where “solvent” means that the fair value of the Group’s assets are greater than its liabilities, the Group will not have an unreasonable amount of capital, and the Group will be able to meet its liabilities as they come due.
 
34

(t) Transactions with Interested Persons . Except as set forth in   Section 3.1(t) of   Schedule D , neither the Group nor any direct or indirect shareholder, officer,   director of the Group or, to the knowledge of the Group, employee of the Group or any affiliate of any of the foregoing owns, directly or indirectly, on an individual or joint basis, any material interest in, or serves as an officer, director or employee of, any customer, competitor or supplier of Group, or any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity or organization which has a material contract or arrangement with Group.

(u) Sufficiency of Assets . Except as set out   in Section 3.1(u) of Schedule D , the   Assets are sufficient to carry on the Business consistent with past practice.

(v) Guarantees . Except as set forth in   Section 3.1(v) of Schedule D , the Group is   not a party to or bound by any guarantee, indemnification, surety or similar obligation.

(w) No Subsidiaries . Other than the other members of the Group, no member of the   Group has any subsidiaries or any agreements, options or commitments to acquire any securities or, except as described in Section 3.1(w) of Schedule D , to acquire or lease any real property or assets other than, in the latter case, those assets that are to be used in the usual and ordinary course of business of the Group.

(x) No Royalties . Except as set forth in   Section 3.1(x) of Schedule D , the Group is   not a party to or bound by any contract or commitment to pay any royalty, licence fee or management fee.

(y) Employees; Independent Contractors.

(i) The Group has no employment contract with any person except such contracts as are listed in Schedule E attached hereto and such Schedule correctly sets out whether such contracts are in writing and the employee's most recent salary with the Group (including particulars of all profit sharing, incentive and bonus arrangements applicable to the Employee), his or her start date with the Group, the name of the Seller which is the employer of such employee, and whether such employee provides services primarily in respect of the Business located in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom, or Malaysia. Schedule E also sets out a complete list of the contracts between the Group and independent contractors. Except for remuneration paid to employees, directors and independent contractors in the ordinary course of business and made at current rates of remuneration, no payments have been made or authorized since September 1, 2015 by the Group to officers, directors, employees or independent contractors of the Group. Except for travel and business expense advances provided in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, no current or former director, officer, shareholder, employee or independent contractor of the Group or any person not dealing at arm's length with any such person is indebted to the Group.
 
35

(ii) Section 3.1(y)(ii) of Schedule D lists all Benefit Plans applicable to the   Group’s employees. All Benefit Plans have been duly registered where required by, and are in compliance in all material respects and in good standing under all applicable legislation including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, ERISA, and all required employer contributions under any such plans have been made and the applicable funds have been funded in accordance with the terms thereof of the plans and no past service funding liabilities exist thereunder. Neither the Group nor any party in interest has engaged in a transaction or transactions in connection with which the Group could be subject, individually or in the aggregate, to other civil penalties assessed pursuant to applicable law. At no time in the past five (5) years has the Group or an ERISA Affiliate ever been obligated to contribute to a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA. At no time has the Group or an ERISA Affiliate ever maintained, contributed or been obligated to contribute to a plan subject to Title IV of ERISA. Neither the Group nor any ERISA affiliate has any outstanding liability under Title IV of ERISA. There is no pending or, to the Group’s knowledge, threatened claim against or otherwise involving any plan, or any fiduciary thereof, by or on behalf of any participant or beneficiary under any plan (other than routine claims for benefits), nor is there any pending or, to the Group’s knowledge, threatened claim by or on behalf of any of the plans, which has or could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Group.

(iii) The Group has complied in all material respects with all laws, rules and regulations relating to the employment of labour, including those relating to wages, hours, pay equity, overtime, occupational safety, discrimination and the payment of social security and other payroll related taxes, and has not received any written notice alleging failure to comply in any material respect with any such laws, rules or regulations. Solely with regard to the Malaysian Employees, the Group will have discharged, at such time as contemplated in the Transitional Services Agreement, its obligations in full in relation to salary, wages, fees, commission, bonuses, overtime pay, holiday pay, sick pay, all statutory contributions (including but not limited to contributions for Malaysian Employees Provident Fund (EPF), Malaysian Social Security Origanisation (SOCSO) and Malaysian Schedule Tax Deduction purposes) and all other benefits and emoluments relating to its employees, directors and consultants. No proceedings are pending or, to the Group’s knowledge, threatened, between the Group and any employee of the Group. There is no labour strike, dispute, slowdown, representation campaign or work stoppage actually pending or, to the Group’s knowledge, threatened with respect to the Group’s employees.

(iv) Since September 1, 2015, there has not been any increase in the rate or terms of compensation payable by the Group to, or any increase in the rate or terms of any bonus, insurance, pension, or other employee benefit plan on behalf of its employees, except increases occurring in the ordinary course of business in accordance with its customary practices (which shall include normal period performance reviews and related compensation and benefit increases) and, in respect of the U.K. Employees, there has not been any change any to their terms of employment or engagement since September 1, 2015 save as envisaged by this Section 3.1(y)(iv).
 
36

(v) Other than any obligation on the Balance Sheet as of the Closing Date, the Group has withheld from any amount paid or credited by it to or for the account or benefit of any person, including any employee, shareholder, creditor, non-resident person or other third party, the amount of all taxes and other deductions required by any applicable laws to be withheld from any such amount and has remitted the same to the appropriate authority.

(vi) The Group has not in the past five (5) years effectuated a “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or facility of the Group, nor has the Group been affected by any transaction or engaged in layoffs or employment terminations sufficient in number to trigger application of any similar state or local law. None of the employees of the Group has suffered an “employment loss” (as defined in the WARN Act) during the ninety (90) day period prior to the execution of this Agreement.

(vii) With respect to the employees and former employees of the Group, there are no employee post-employment life insurance, medical or health plans in effect (other than benefits required to be provided under Section 4980B, Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and any applicable state law providing for similar group health or welfare plan continuation coverages).

(viii) Solely with respect to the Malaysian Employees, there are no pension, provident, superannuation or retirement benefit funds, schemes or arrangements under which the Group is legally obliged to provide to any of its employees or former employees or any spouse or other dependent of any of the same retirement benefits of any kind (which expression shall include benefits payable upon retirement, leaving service, death, disablement and any other benefits which are commonly provided for under provident or retirement schemes) and is not a party to any scheme or arrangement having its purpose or one of its purpose the making of such payments or the provision of such benefits.

(ix) The Group has provided all employees with all wages, benefits, relocation benefits, stock options, bonuses and incentives, and all other compensation that became due and payable through the date of this Agreement, and all sums due for employee compensation and benefits, including pension and severance benefits, and all vacation time owing to any employees of the Group have been duly and adequately accrued in all material respects on the accounting records of the Group. All taxes due in connection with the employment of foreign residents in the United States have been fully paid.

(z) Collective Agreements . The Group is not bound by or a party to any collective bargaining agreement.
 
37

(aa) Bargaining Rights . No trade union, council of trade unions, employee   bargaining agency or affiliated bargaining agent:

(i) holds bargaining rights with respect to any of the Group's employees by way of certification, interim certification, voluntary recognition, designation or successor rights;

(ii) has applied to be certified as the bargaining agent of any of the Group's employees; or

(iii) has applied to have the Group declared a related employer or successor employer pursuant to applicable labor legislation.

(bb) Compliance With Rules . Except as set forth in   Section 3.1(bb) of Schedule D ,   the Group is conducting its business in material compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, notices, approvals and orders. With respect to the Assumed Contracts listed in Section 3.1(bb) of Schedule D , the Group has received no notice of non- compliance and, to the knowledge of Group, there has been no material non-compliance with any with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, notices, approvals and orders. The Group is not in material breach of any law, rule, regulation, notice, approval or order and is duly licensed, registered or qualified to carry on its business as now conducted and to own its assets, and all such licences, registrations and qualifications are valid and subsisting and in good standing and none of the same contains any term, provision, condition or limitation which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the operation of the Group or which may be materially and adversely affected by the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Group, to the extent required by law, has a written privacy policy which governs its collection, use and disclosure of personal information and the Group is in material compliance with such privacy policy. All required consents to the collection, use or disclosure of personal information in connection with the conduct of the Business have been obtained.

(cc) Taxes . All federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed by the   Group have been timely filed and all such tax returns were in all material respects true, complete and correct and prepared in accordance with the requirements of the income tax or other tax laws applicable to the Group. Except as disclosed in Section 3.1(cc) of Schedule D , the Group is not currently the beneficiary of any   extension of time within which to file any tax return other than as part of the consolidated returns of PAR Technology Corporation and its subsidiaries. The Group has paid all taxes that are or have been due and payable, including without limitation, income and sales taxes, and any other federal, state, foreign or local taxes, required to be paid and has filed all related tax returns required to be filed, for all taxable periods ending on or before the Balance Sheet Date. The Group does not have any liability, obligation or commitment for the payment of income taxes, corporation taxes, sales taxes or any other taxes or duties of whatever nature or kind, or interest or penalties with respect thereto, except for such taxes or duties not yet due as have arisen since the Balance Sheet Date for which adequate provision in the accounts of the Group has been made, and the Group is not in arrears with respect to any required withholdings or instalment payments of any tax or duty of any kind Group. There are no Liens with respect to taxes other than customary Liens for current taxes not yet due and payable. There are no pending audits by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority of any payment, return or report made or filed by the Group nor has there been any claimed failure to pay or report any kind of tax which may be assessed by any such taxing authority against the Group.
 
38

SMI Seller is registered for VAT and is a taxable person for the purposes of the Value Added Tax Act 1994. None of the U.K. Assets agreed to be sold under this Agreement to the U.K. Purchaser is a capital item, the input tax on which could be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Part XV of the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995. All VAT payable on the importation of goods, and all excise duties payable to HM Revenue & Customs payable in respect of the U.K. Assets, have been paid in full, and none of the U.K. Assets is liable to confiscation, forfeiture or distress.

(dd) Insurance . Attached hereto as Schedule H is a true and complete list of all   insurance policies maintained by the Group that also specifies the insurer, the amount of the coverage, the type of insurance, the policy number and any pending claims thereunder. The Group has not received notice of cancellation with respect to any such current insurance policy, and there is no basis for the insurer thereunder to terminate any such current insurance policy. There are no claims that are pending under any of the insurance policies.

(ee) No Brokers . Except as set forth in   Section 3.1 (ee) of Schedule D,   the Group has   not engaged any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no person or entity is entitled to any fee or other compensation with respect to this Agreement or the transactions it contemplates.

(ff) Environmental Compliance. To the knowledge of the Group, the Group and   the Leased Premises of the Group are in material compliance with applicable Environmental Laws. “ Environmental Laws “ means all statutes, regulations, municipal by-laws, codes, ordinances, decrees, rules, protocols, orders, judicial or administrative or ministerial or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions and rulings, guidelines and policies applicable to the Group, and the Leased Premises relating to the protection of the natural environment, health and safety matters or conditions, hazardous substances, including but not limited to storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of hazardous substances, employee and product safety, releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemical or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances (the “ Hazardous Substances ”) into the environment or any building or structure or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distributing, using, treating, storing, transporting or handling of Hazardous Substances.
 
39

(gg) No Other Representations and Warranties. Except for the representations and   warranties contained in this Section 3.1 (including the related portions of the Schedules attached hereto), neither Group nor Warrantor nor any other person has made or makes any other express or implied representation or warranty, either written or oral, on behalf of Group or as to the future revenue, profitability or success of the Business, or any representation or warranty arising from statute or otherwise in law.

3.2 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Group and the Warrantor .

(a) The representations and warranties of the Group and the Warrantor set forth in Section 3.1 will survive the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, notwithstanding such completion, will continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Purchasers:

(i) in the case of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1(cc), until the day following the expiration of any applicable statute of limitation;

(ii) in the case of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1(i), 3.1(j), and 3.1(l), until the earlier of: (i) the day following a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date and (ii) the day following the expiration of any applicable statute of limitation; and
 
(iii) in the case of all other representations and warranties other than those referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) hereof, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the Closing Date and shall thereupon expire together with any right to indemnification for breach thereof unless a claim for indemnification has been made prior to such expiry date.
 
(b) The covenants of the Group and the Warrantor set forth in this Agreement will survive the completion of the sale and purchase of the Assets as herein provided for and, notwithstanding such completion, will continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Purchasers in accordance with the terms thereof.
 
(c) Any representation or warranty shall survive the time it would otherwise terminate pursuant to this Section 3.2 to the extent that the party claiming indemnification for such breach shall have delivered to the other party written notice setting forth with reasonable specificity the basis of such claim prior to the expiration of such time pursuant to this Section 3.2; in which case such representation and warranty shall not expire with regard to said claim; provided, that after the delivery of any such notice, the party claiming indemnification shall expeditiously pursue the resolution of such claim. To the extent the Purchasers assert a Claim against the Group or the Warrantor for losses incurred arising from a claimed breach of representation or warranty within the applicable statute of limitations period for Purchasers’ making such Claim (and within the applicable period of survival of such representation or warranty), then, until the final resolution of such Claim, the parties hereby agree to waive, and do waive, the application of the applicable statute of limitations in respect of such Claim. For avoidance of doubt, nothing in the previous sentence shall require the Group to waive any defense with respect to the statute of limitations available to it or to the Purchasers against any third party.
 
40

3.3 Purchasers’ Representations and Warranties . The Purchasers represent and warrant to   the Group and the Warrantor that:

(a) The U.S. Purchaser is a limited liability company organized and subsisting under the laws of Delaware. The U.K. Purchaser is a corporation duly incorporated, organized and subsisting under the laws of England and Wales. Jonas Canada is a corporation duly incorporated, organized and subsisting under the laws of Ontario.

(b) The Purchasers have good and sufficient power, authority and right to enter into and deliver this Agreement and to complete the transactions to be completed by the Purchasers contemplated hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Purchasers. No approval, order, consent or filing with any governmental authority (including any regulatory authority and agency) is required on the part of the Purchasers in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

(c) This Agreement and all other agreements in connection with this Agreement to be executed by the Purchasers constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchasers, enforceable against the Purchasers in accordance with its terms subject to applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws and to equitable remedies being always in the discretion of a court.

(d) Neither the entering into nor the delivery of this Agreement nor the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Purchasers will conflict with, result in the violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation to repay or loss of any benefit under:

(i) any of the provisions of the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Purchasers;

(ii) any agreement or other instrument to which either of the Purchasers is a party or by which either of the Purchasers is bound; or

(iii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchasers.
 
41

(e) Sufficient Funds. Purchasers have sufficient cash on hand or other sources of   immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the Purchase Price and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(f) Solvency. Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated   hereby, each of the Purchasers shall be solvent and shall: (a) be able to pay its debts as they become due; (b) own property that has a fair saleable value greater than the amounts required to pay its debts (including a reasonable estimate of the amount of all contingent liabilities); and (c) have adequate capital to carry on its business. No transfer of property is being made and no obligation is being incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of Purchasers. In connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, each Purchaser has not incurred, nor plans to incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as they become absolute and matured.

(g) Legal Proceedings. There are no actions, suits, claims, investigations or other   legal proceedings pending or, to the Purchasers’ knowledge, threatened against or by either of the Purchasers or any affiliate of the Purchasers that challenge or seek to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(h) Independent Investigation . Each of the Purchasers has conducted its own   independent investigation, review and analysis of the Business and the Assets, and acknowledges that it has been provided adequate access to the personnel, properties, assets, premises, books and records, and other documents and data of Group for such purpose. Each of the Purchasers acknowledges and agrees that: (a) in making its decision to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, it has relied solely upon its own investigation and the express representations and warranties of Group and the Warrantor set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement (including related portions of the Schedules thereto); and (b) neither the Group, the Warrantor nor any other person has made any representation or warranty as to the Group, the Business, the Assets or this Agreement, except as expressly set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement (including the related portions of the Schedules thereto).
 
(i) None of the Purchasers or any parent or subsidiary of the Purchasers has been named as a defendant in any current or previous suit or proceeding commenced by or on behalf of Ameranth, Inc.

3.4 Survival of Purchasers’ Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

(a) The representations and warranties of the Purchasers set forth in Section 3.3 will survive the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, notwithstanding such completion, will continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Group for a period of eighteen (18) months from the Closing Date.
 
42

(b) The covenants of the Purchasers set forth in this Agreement will survive the completion of the sale and purchase of the Assets herein provided for and, notwithstanding such completion, will continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Group in accordance with the terms thereof.

(c) Any representation or warranty shall survive the time it would otherwise terminate pursuant to this Section 3.4 to the extent that the party claiming indemnification for such breach shall have delivered to the other party written notice setting forth with reasonable specificity the basis of such claim prior to the expiration of such time pursuant to this Section 3.4; in which case such representation and warranty shall not expire with regard to said claim; provided, that after the delivery of any such notice, the party claiming indemnification shall expeditiously pursue the resolution of such claim. To the extent the Group asserts a Claim against the Purchasers for losses incurred arising from a claimed breach of representation or warranty within the applicable statute of limitations period for the Group’s making such Claim (and within the applicable period of survival of such representation or warranty), then, until the final resolution of such Claim, the parties hereby agree to waive, and do waive, the application of the applicable statute of limitations in respect of such Claim. For avoidance of doubt, nothing in the previous sentence shall require the Purchasers to waive any defense with respect to the statute of limitations available to them or to the Group against any third party.

4.
COVENANTS; INDEMNIFICATION

4.1 Covenants of the Group and Warrantor .
 
(a) Each member of the Group and the Warrantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, save, hold harmless, discharge and release the Purchasers, the Limited Guarantor and their affiliates, subsidiaries, shareholders, managers, members, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Purchasers Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all Claims arising from or based on:

(i) Subject to Section 3.2(a), any inaccuracy, misrepresentation or omission in any representation or warranty made by the Group or the Warrantor in this Agreement or to the documents listed on Schedule T hereto be entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, the “ Group's Documents ”);

(ii) Any breach of any covenant of any of the Group or the Warrantor set forth in this Agreement or in the Group's Documents;

(iii) Any liability or other Claims or obligations, except for those disclosed in the Financial Statements or any schedule hereto (but excluding from such exception those items indicated as being subject to indemnification pursuant to Section 3.1(j)(xvii) of Schedule D and Schedule 2.9), reserved for or reflected on the Closing Date Balance Sheet or assumed by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.8, which arose prior to the Closing Date or in respect of services performed or products supplied to customers before the Closing Date;
 
43

(iv) Any Claims of any employees (or former employees) in respect of or in any way arising or resulting from the termination of the employment of such employees by the Group;

(v) Any act or omission of the Group before the Closing Date in respect of the U.K. Employees or any other employees employed by the Group in the United Kingdom prior to the Closing Date which, by virtue of the Regulations, is deemed to be an act or omission of any Purchaser;

(vi) The Group’s failure to comply with its obligations under regulations 11, 13 and 14 of the Regulations save for where such failure is as a consequence of the failure by the Purchaers to comply with their obligations under regulation 13(4) of the Regulations; or

(vii) Any liability or other Claims or obligations, including any legal fees, arising or resulting from, related to, or based on any actions, suits, claims in progress or proceedings, or any potential actions, suits or claims disclosed in Section 3.1(n) of Schedule D.

[Jonas Note to Draft: scope of indemnities remains subject to adjustment based on due diligence findings.]

(b) The Group shall cause the following to occur:

(i) The Group shall cooperate with the Purchasers after the Closing Date so that the Purchasers have reasonable access to the business records, contracts and other information existing prior to and at the Closing Date which have not previously been delivered to the Purchasers and relating in any manner to the Assets or the Business. The Group will maintain such of its business records, contracts and other information not previously delivered to the Purchasers (including all information related to any litigation or potential litigation) at its principal office or a records facility and will provide the Purchasers with reasonable access. The Group will direct third parties with whom it has or has had any relationship to provide information directly to the Purchasers, at the Purchasers’ request, concerning any aspect of that relationship, including, but not limited to, providing copies of correspondence, contracts, invoices, or any other types of records. The Group will make the Group’s present employees (and shall use reasonable efforts to make the Group’s former employees) previously or then working at the Group reasonably available, as needed, to provide explanations of any documents or information provided under this Section 4.1(b).
 
(ii) The Group shall cooperate reasonably with the Purchasers and with the Purchasers’ respective representatives in connection with any steps required to be taken as part of its obligations under this Agreement, and shall (a) furnish upon request such further information; (b) execute and deliver to each other such other documents; and (c) do such other acts and things, all as the Purchasers may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
44

(iii) Without limiting the generality of Sections 4.1(b)(i)-(ii), the Group and the Purchasers will provide each other with such cooperation and information as either of them reasonably may request of the other in filing any tax return, amended tax return or claim for refund, determining any liability for taxes or a right to a refund of taxes or participating in or conducting any audit or other proceeding in respect of taxes relating to the Assets or the Business. Such cooperation and information shall include providing copies of relevant tax returns or portions thereof, together with accompanying schedules and related work papers and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by taxing authorities. The Group and the Purchasers will make themselves (and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to make their respective present and former employees previously or then working at the Group or the Purchasers, as applicable) available, on a mutually convenient basis, to provide explanations of any documents or information provided under this Section 4.1(b)(iii). Each of the Group and the Purchasers will retain all tax returns, schedules and work papers and all material records or other documents in its possession relating to tax matters relevant to the Assets or the Business for the taxable year first ending after the Closing Date and for all prior taxable years until the later of (i) sixty (60) days following the expiration of the statute of limitations of the taxable years to which such tax returns and other documents relate, plus any extensions or waivers, or (ii) six (6) years following the due date (without extension) for such tax returns. Any information obtained under this Section 4.1(b)(iii) shall be kept confidential, except as may be otherwise necessary in connection with the filing of tax returns or claims for refund or in conducting an audit or other proceeding.
 
(iv) The Group will be liable for and will pay all taxes (whether assessed or unassessed) applicable to the Business or the Assets, in each case attributable to periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date. Except as provided in this Section 4.1(b)(iv), all personal property taxes or similar ad valorem obligations levied with respect to the Assets for any taxable year that includes the day before the Closing Date and ends on or after the Closing Date, whether imposed or assessed before or after the Closing Date, shall be prorated between the Group and the Purchasers as of the Closing. If any taxes subject to proration are paid by the Purchasers, on the one hand, or the Group, on the other hand, the proportionate amount of such taxes paid (or in the event a refund of any portion of such taxes previously paid is received, such refund) shall be paid promptly by (or to) the other after the payment of such taxes (or promptly following the receipt of any such refund).
 
45

(c) The Purchasers shall cooperate with the Group after the Closing Date so that the Group has access, to the extent reasonably necessary, to the business records, contracts and other information existing prior to and at the Closing Date which have been delivered to the Purchasers and relating in any manner to the Assets or the Business. The Purchasers shall cooperate reasonably with the Group and with the Group’s respective representatives in connection with any steps required to be taken as part of its obligations under this Agreement, and shall (a) furnish upon request such further information; (b) execute and deliver to each other such other documents; and (c) do such other acts and things, all as the Group may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(d) The UK Purchaser and the Group consider that the transfer of the U.K. Assets pursuant to this Agreement should for VAT purposes constitute the transfer of a going concern and should accordingly fall within Article 5 of the Value Added Tax (Special Provisions) Order 1995 so as to be treated as neither a supply of goods nor a supply of services for VAT purposes and the two parties agree to use all reasonable endeavours to secure that the sale is treated as neither a supply of goods nor a supply of services under that Article but neither the Group nor the U.K. Purchaser shall be required to make an appeal to any tribunal or court against any determination by HM Revenue and Customs that the sale, or any part of it, shall not be treated as such. The Group and the U.K. Purchaser do not intend to make a joint election to HM Revenue and Customs for the U.K. Purchaser to be registered for VAT under the VAT registration number of the applicable Group member, under regulation 6(1)(d) of the VAT Regulations 1995(SI 1995/2518). Accordingly, the Group will retain and preserve any VAT records of the U.K. part of the Business for such period as may be required by law. Subject to being given reasonable notice by the U.K. Purchaser, the Group will make those VAT records available to the U.K. Purchaser or its agents for inspection and copying (at the U.K. Purchaser’s expense) and will give to the U.K. Purchaser, in such form as the U.K. Purchaser may reasonably require, such information contained in those VAT records as the U.K. Purchaser may reasonably specify.

4.2 Covenants of the Purchasers .

(a) In addition to the other indemnities provided by the Purchasers herein, the Purchasers shall indemnify, save, hold harmless, discharge and release each of the Warrantor, and their respective affiliates, subsidiaries, shareholders, managers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Warrantor Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Claims arising from or based on:

(i) subject to Section 3.4(a), any inaccuracy, misstatement or omission in any representation or warranty made by the Purchasers in this Agreement or any other agreement to be entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or any certificates delivered or to be delivered by or on behalf of the Purchasers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Purchasers’ Documents ”);
 
46

(ii) any breach of any covenant of the Purchasers set forth in this Agreement or in the Purchasers’ Documents;

(iii) any liability or obligation assumed by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.8; or

(iv) any liability or other Claims or obligations which arise subsequent to the Closing Date or respecting services performed or products supplied by representatives of the Purchasers to customers after the Closing Date.

(b) The Purchasers will remit to the Group any accounts receivable of the Group which may be received and collected by the Purchasers during the period commencing 180 days after the Closing Date and ending 270 days after the Closing Date and such remittance shall be made on a quarterly basis in arrears.

4.3 Cap on Claims .   The following limitations shall apply with regard to Claims under this   Agreement:

(a) Except as otherwise specified herein, the Purchasers Indemnitee’s right to bring a Claim seeking indemnification under Section 4.1(a)(i) will be subject to the following:

(i) the Purchasers Indemnitee will have provided the Group and the Warrantor with the notice referred to in Section 3.2(c) in accordance with the terms thereof;

(ii) no Claims brought by a Purchasers Indemnitee relating to matters covered by Sections 3.2(a)(i) and (ii) may exceed, in aggregate, an amount equal to the Purchase Price; and

(iii) no Claims brought by a Purchasers Indemnitee relating to matters other than those referred to in clause (ii) hereof, may exceed, in aggregate, $4,000,000.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitations set out above do not apply to Claims of any amount arising under (i) the purchase price adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 2.6; (ii) from Fraud on the part of the Group or the Warrantor and (iii) the matters covered by Section 6 hereof.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.3(d), in no event shall the total liability of the Purchasers arising from or based on any Claims seeking indemnification under Section 4.2(a)(i) brought by a Warrantor Indemnitee exceed, in aggregate, the Purchase Price.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitation set out above does not apply to Claims of any amount arising from Fraud on the part of the Purchasers or the Limited Guarantor.
 
47

4.4 Notice; Right to Defend . Each party shall give reasonably prompt written notice to the other of the assertion or commencement of any third party Claim (“ Third Party Claim ”) in respect of which indemnity is or may be sought hereunder, other than Claims in which the parties are litigating claims against each other (“ Direct Claims ”). If the indemnified party fails to give such reasonably prompt notice, such failure shall not preclude the indemnified party from obtaining indemnification, but its right to indemnification may be reduced to the extent that such delay prejudiced the defence of the Claim or increased the amount of liability or cost of defence. The indemnifying party shall have the right and obligation to assume the defense or settlement of any Third Party Claim in respect of which it is obligated to provide indemnity hereunder; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not settle or compromise any such Claim without the indemnified party's prior written consent thereto, unless the terms of such settlement or compromise discharge and release the indemnified party from any and all liabilities and obligations thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) the indemnified party at all times shall have the right, at its option and expense, to participate fully in the defense or settlement of such Third Party Claim; and (ii) if the indemnifying party does not proceed diligently to defend or settle such Claim within 30 days after its receipt of notice of the assertion or commencement thereof, then (a) the indemnified party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to undertake the defense or settlement of such Third Party Claim for the account and at the risk of the indemnifying party, and (b) the indemnifying party shall have the right to consent to any settlement that the indemnified party may make as to such Third Party Claim which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each party shall cooperate fully in defending or settling any Third Party Claim, and the defending or settling party shall have reasonable access to the books and records and personnel of the other party that are relevant to such Claim.
 
4.5 Bulk Sales Rules and Regulations . The parties hereto believe that, assuming compliance   with this Agreement by both the Group and the Purchasers, it is both unnecessary for the protection of the Group's creditors and impracticable to comply with the bulk sales or transfer rules and regulations of the various jurisdictions in which the Assets are located. Accordingly, in the event that any creditor of the Group should make any claim against either the Purchasers or the Assets which is wholly or partially based on the premise that the sale of the Assets did not conform to the requirements of bulk sales or transfer rules and regulations of any jurisdiction in which the Assets are situated, the Group and the Warrantor agree, jointly and severally, without limitation, to indemnify and save the Purchasers harmless in principal, interest and costs, including reasonable legal fees, against and from any such claim, whether or not the claim is ultimately proved to be well founded.

4.6 Resolution of Disputes .

(a) With respect to any dispute or disagreement hereunder, either party may initiate negotiations by providing written notice to the other party, setting forth the subject of the dispute and the relief requested. The recipient shall respond in writing within seven (7) days of receipt with its position and recommended solution to the dispute. If the dispute is not resolved by this exchange of correspondence, then representatives of each party with full settlement authority shall meet at a mutually agreeable time and place within thirty (30) days of the date of the initial notice, to attempt to resolve the dispute.
 
48

(b) Any controversy or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach hereof involving a claim as between the parties hereto, shall be settled by final and binding arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association, or its successor, in effect on the date of this Agreement. The parties shall jointly appoint a mutually acceptable arbitrator. If the parties fail to jointly appoint a mutually acceptable arbitrator within twenty (20) days after expiration of the thirty (30) day period referred to in 4.6(a), then the American Arbitration Association shall be instructed to appoint an arbitrator of its choice. The arbitration will be conducted at a neutral location reasonably accessible by all parties. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto and shall not be subject to further appeal or review.

(c) The provisions of this Section 4.6 shall survive termination of this Agreement. Any dispute regarding the applicability of this Section 4.6 to a particular claim or controversy shall be arbitrated as provided in this Section 4.6.

(d) The provisions of this Section 4.6 shall not apply to matters relating, in whole or in part, to Section 6.

4.7 Adjustments to Purchase Price. All amounts payable by the Group to a Purchaser   Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 4 will be deemed to be a decrease to the Purchase Price. All amounts payable by the Purchasers to a Warrantor Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 4 will be deemed to be an increase to the Purchase Price.
 
4.8 Certain Limitations. The party making a claim under this Section 4 is referred to as the   “Indemnified Party” , and the party against whom such claims are asserted under this   Section 4 is referred to as the “Indemnifying Party” . The indemnification provided for in Section 4.1 and Section 4.2 shall be subject to the following limitations:

(a) The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for indemnification under Section 4.1(a)(i) or Section 4.2(a)(i), as the case may be, until the aggregate amount of all Claims in respect of indemnification under Section 4.1(a)(i) or Section 4.2(a)(i), exceeds $200,000 (the “Indemnification   Threshold” ), in which event the Indemnifying Party shall be required to pay or be   liable for all Claims (including the amount of the Indemnification Threshold), subject, however, to the applicable cap set out in Section 4.3(a) or Section 4.3(c).

(b) Payments by an Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(i) or Section 4.2 in respect of any Claim shall be limited to the amount of any Claim that remains after deducting therefrom any insurance proceeds and any indemnity, contribution or other similar payment received by the Indemnified Party in respect of any such Claim. The Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (which for greater certainty shall mean commercially reasonable from the perspective of the Indemnified Party) to recover under its then current insurance policies, or other contractual entitlements to indemnification from third parties, in respect of any Claims for which indemnification is sought under this Agreement, provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall be entitled, in such event, to add to the amount of the Claim against the Indemnifying Party the amount of any increase in insurance premiums payable by the Indemnified Party in respect of the three year period after such insurance claim is made (but not more than the amount of the Claim so offset by the proceeds of insurance) when such increase is solely attributable to the insurance claim being made.
 
49

(c) Payments by an Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 (a)(i) in respect of any Claim shall be reduced by an amount equal to any tax benefit realized in respect of such Claim by the Indemnified Party.

(d) In no event shall any Indemnifying Party be liable to any Indemnified Party for any Consequential Damages.

(e) Each Indemnified Party agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall in any way diminish its duty at law to take all reasonable steps to mitigate any loss or liability that may give rise to a Claim.

4.9 Exclusive Remedies .   The parties acknowledge and agree that their sole and exclusive   remedy with respect to any and all Claims (other than claims arising from Fraud on the part of a party hereto in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Section 4. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted under law, any and all rights, claims and cause of action for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligations set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement it may have against the other parties hereto and their affiliates arising under or based upon any law, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Section 4. Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall limit any person’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief to which any person shall be entitled pursuant to Section 6, to seek any remedy on account of any Fraud by any party hereto.

4.10 U.K. Employee Matters .

(a) The parties acknowledge and agree that the sale and purchase pursuant to this Agreement will constitute, in relation to the employees listed in Schedule E as providing services primarily in respect of the Business located in the United Kingdom (such employees being the “ U.K. Employees ” and such part of the Business being the “ U.K. Business ”), a relevant transfer for the purpose of the Regulations. Accordingly, this Agreement will not operate so as to terminate any of the contracts of employment of the U.K. Employees and the contracts between the relevant member of the Group and the U.K. Employees shall have the effect after the Closing Date as if originally made between the U.K. Employees and the U.K Purchaser.
 
50

(b) If person other than the U.K. Employees alleges that their contract of employment has effect as if originally made between any Purchaser and any person as a result of the provisions of the Regulations or otherwise:

(i) the relevant Purchaser may terminate such contract within one month of becoming aware of such contract having effect as if made by the relevant Purchaser subject to the relevant Purchaser complying with all contractual and statutory obligations in relation to such dismissal to the extent that such compliance is, in the opinion of the relevant Purchaser, reasonably practicable; and

(ii) each member of the Group and the Warrantor shall indemnify and hold the Purchasers harmless against all costs, claims, losses, demands, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable legal expenses) that the Purchasers may suffer, incur, sustain, pay or be put to:
 
(A) in connection with such contract (whether before or within 3 months after the Closing Date) and by reason of, on account of or arising out of the termination of such contract; or
 
(B) arising from such contract in the period prior to the Closing Date, if the relevant Purchaser does not terminate such contract in accordance with clause 4.10(b)(i).

(c) The Group undertakes to the Purchasers that that it has complied and shall comply in all respects with its obligations under regulations 11, 13 and 14 of the Regulations prior to the Closing Date (and that it has provided and shall provide to the Purchasers such information as the Purchasers may reasonably request in writing in order to verify such compliance prior to the Closing Date).

(d) The Purchasers undertake to the Group that they have complied with their obligations under regulation 13(4) of the Regulations and the Purchaser shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Group from and against all Claims suffered or incurred by the Group in connection with any failure by the Purchaser to comply with its obligations under regulation 13(4) of the Regulations.

(e) The Purchasers and the Group shall each notify the other on becoming aware of any claim which is likely to give rise to any liability to indemnify the other under this clause 4.10 and shall give each other such assistance as either may reasonably require:

(i) to comply with the Regulations in relation to the U.K. Employees; and

(ii) in contesting any claim by any U.K. Employee resulting from or in connection with this agreement or otherwise howsoever arising.
 
51

4.11
Malaysian Employees

(a) In respect of the the employees listed in Schedule E as providing services primarily in respect of the Business located in Malaysia (the “ Malaysian Employees ”), Jonas Canada agrees that the Malaysian Employees shall be offered employment with Jonas Canada with effect from the Closing Date.

(b) Jonas Canada and the Group will jointly inform each of the Malaysian Employees in writing of the sale of the Assets hereby agreed and will issue a notice of termination and re-employment (" Joint Notice ") giving notice of termination of the Malaysian Employee's employment with the Group and containing an offer by Jonas Canada to employ such Malaysian Employee. The parties shall, whether jointly or individually, take all reasonable steps necessary to obtain the Malaysian Employee's consent to commence employment with Jonas Canada in accordance with the Joint Notice.

(c) All salaries, wages and other emoluments and all statutory contributions (including but not limited to contributions for Employees Provident Fund and Social Security Organisation and Schedular Tax Deduction purposes), tax and all other benefits to which the Malaysian Employees are entitled and for which the Group is accountable in respect of the Malaysian Employees who will commence employment with Jonas Canada in accordance with the Joint Notice, shall be payable by the Group up to the Closing Date. Jonas Canada hereby agrees to assume all such obligations commencing from and including the Closing Date in accordance with the Joint Notice.

(d) All or any liability (i) under any employment, severance, transfer, retention or termination agreement made by the Group with any Malaysian employee, (ii) arising from or relating to any claims or grievances by any Malaysian employee against the Group, whether or not the said employee commence employment with the Jonas Canada in accordance with the Joint Notice, and (iii) under any employee plans of the Group relating to payroll, vacation, annual leave, sick leave, employees' compensation, unemployment benefits, pension benefits, employee stock option or profit-sharing plans, health care plans or benefits or any other employee plans or benefits of any kind for the Malaysian employees, shall remain the sole responsibility of and shall be retained, paid, performed and discharged solely by the Group.

5.
CONDITIONS

5.1 Closing Deliveries for the Benefit of the Purchasers .

(a) At or prior to the Time of Closing, the Group shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to the Purchasers the following:

(i) Such certificates or other instruments as are listed on Schedule Q hereto;

(ii) All appropriate federal, state, municipal or other governmental or administrative approvals or consents as are required to permit the change of ownership of the Assets contemplated hereby and to permit the Business to be carried on by the Purchasers as now conducted;
 
52

(iii) The consent to the assignment to the applicable Purchaser of the Group's interest in the Assumed Contracts, where required by the Purchasers;

(iv) A bill of sale and instrument of assignment with respect to the Assets (the “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ”), duly executed by Group and evidence that all necessary steps and proceedings will have been taken to permit the Assets to be duly and regularly transferred to and registered in the name of the applicable Purchaser, as applicable, including without limitation the approval, by resolution, of the shareholders of the Group, as required under and in accordance with applicable law;

(v) All such other documents or instruments of assignment, transfer or conveyance as shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Purchasers and its counsel, be necessary to vest in the Purchasers, good, valid and marketable title to the Assets and to put the Purchasers in actual possession or control of the Assets and the Business, including, but not limited to, Trademark, Copyright and Patent assignments;

(vi) Employment agreements (the “ Employment Agreements ”), which shall include non-solicitation and non-competition terms, entered into between each of the Key Employees and the applicable Purchaser substantially in the form attached as Schedule K ;

(vii) Transitional services agreement (the “ Transitional Services Agreement ”) in the form attached hereto as Schedule R, entered into between the Group and the Purchasers;

(viii) All copies of the Software within the Group’s possession or control and a certificate signed by the Group’s Representative attesting that the Group no longer retains any copies of the Software other than one copy held by the Group for archival purposes only;

(ix) Lease assignment agreements relating to the Leased Premises;

(x) Assignment to the applicable Purchaser of the non-competition agreements made between the Group and those persons listed in Schedule W ; and

(xi) Confirmation that all Liens applicable to the Assets other than Permitted Liens have been terminated.

5.2 Closing Deliveries for the Benefit of the Group .

(a) At or prior to the Time of Closing, the Purchasers shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to the Group the following:

(i) Such certificates or other instruments of the Purchasers or of officers of the Purchasers as are listed on Schedule S hereto;
 
53

(ii) The Assignment and Assumption Agreement counterpart duly executed by the Purchasers;

(iii) The Employment Agreement counterparts duly executed by the applicable Purchaser;

(iv) The Transitional Services Agreement counterpart duly executed by the Purchasers;

(v) Lease assignment agreements relating to the Leased Premises; and

(vi) The Closing Payment.

6.
NON-COMPETITION; NON-DISCLOSURE

6.1 Non-Competition . In consideration of the completion of the transaction contemplated   hereunder, each member of the Group and the Warrantor agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, or through any person or entity, for a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date, in the United States, Canada or anywhere else where the Group sells its products or services, at the Time of Closing, in any form or manner, become interested in, own any interest in, invest in, lend to, borrow from, manage, control, participate in, consult with, become employed by, become a shareholder of, render services to, or in any other manner whatsoever engage in the business of the provision, licensing, marketing or servicing any software or applications, for the operation and management of hospitality businesses,

including, but not limited to, hotels, resorts, inns, bed and breakfasts, spas or clubs, and training, maintenance and support services provided in relation to the same (the “ Prohibited Business ”), or become interested in (as more than a 5% shareholder, partner, owner, or in any other relation or capacity), any person or entity that is engaged in the Prohibited Business. This limitation does not apply to Point of Sale solutions, loyalty, catering, food-safety, task automation, back-office and/or enterprise business intelligence software or to hardware for the hospitality or retail markets. For avoidance of doubt, and without reducing the scope of the previous sentence, “Prohibited Business” shall not include any business of the Group or the Warrantor engaged in as of the date of the Closing, other than the Business being sold by the Group to the Purchasers.

6.2 Non-Disclosure . The Group and the Warrantor agrees that, subject to any applicable   disclosure requirements under securities or other laws, none of them will, directly or indirectly use, disclose, divulge or communicate orally, in writing or otherwise any confidential information, trade secrets or confidential data relating to the Assets or the Business or the Purchasers to any other person, firm or corporation, and this obligation shall survive in perpetuity.

6.3 Non-Solicitation of Employees . The Group and the Warrantor agrees that for a period of   two (2) years from the Closing Date, it will not, directly or indirectly recruit, solicit, divert, employ or cause to be employed by a third party any person who is an employee of the Purchasers.
 
54

6.4 Fair and Reasonable. Each of the covenants in this Section 6 is considered fair and   reasonable by the parties. The Group and the Warrantor acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 6 will not cause it any undue hardship and are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the Purchasers’ legitimate interests and that any violation thereof would result in irreparable injury to the Purchasers.

6.5 Enforcement of Covenants. The Group and the Warrantor expressly acknowledges that   it would be extremely difficult to measure the damages that might result from any breach of the covenants in this Section 6, and that any breach of such covenants will result in irreparable harm to the Purchasers for which money damages could not adequately compensate. If a breach of the covenants occurs, the Purchasers will be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies that the Purchasers may have at law or in equity, to have an injunction issued by any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining and restraining the Group or the Warrantor from continuing such breach. The existence of any Claim or cause of action that the Group or the Warrantor may have against the Purchasers will not constitute a defense or bar to the enforcement of any of covenants in this Section 6.

6.6 Scope of Covenants. To the extent that any covenant in this Section 6, or any part thereof,   or the application thereof, is construed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the other covenants, the other portions of such covenants and the application thereof will not be affected thereby and will be enforceable without regard thereto. If any covenant in this Section 6 is determined to be unenforceable because of its scope, duration, geographical area or other factor, then the court making such determination will have the power to reduce or limit such scope, duration, area or other factor as may be necessary to make such covenant valid and enforceable. If the Purchasers must resort to litigation to enforce any covenant in this Section 6 that has a fixed term, then the term of such covenant or covenants will be extended for a period of time equal to the period during which a breach of such covenant was occurring (such breach will be considered to have ended on the date of any interlocutory order restraining such breach, provided such order is complied with), beginning on the date of a final court order (without further right of appeal) holding that such breach occurred or, if later, the last day of the original fixed term of such covenant, but the term of such covenant will be extended only to the extent that a court determines that such covenant was breached.

7.
GENERAL

7.1 Purchaser’s Guarantee. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Limited   Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Group, as the primary obligor and not merely as surety, the due and punctual payment of by the Purchasers of (i) the Base Purchase Price, (ii) the Earn-Out Amount pursuant to Section 2.4(c) and (iii) the Holdback Amount pursuant to Section 2.6, subject to Purchasers’ right of setoff pursuant to Section 2.11 (the “ Purchasers Guaranteed Obligations ”). If the Purchasers fail to perform or observe the Purchasers Guaranteed Obligations when due, then all of Limited Guarantor’s liabilities to the Group hereunder in respect of such Purchasers Guaranteed Obligations shall, at the Group’s option, become immediately due and payable and the Group may at any time and from time to time take any and all actions available hereunder or under applicable law to enforce and collect the Purchasers Guaranteed Obligations from Limited Guarantor, including all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Group enforcing this guarantee. In furtherance of the foregoing, Limited Guarantor acknowledges that the Group may, in its sole discretion, bring and prosecute a separate action or actions against Limited Guarantor for the full amount of the Purchasers Guaranteed Obligations, regardless of whether any action is brought against the Purchasers. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Limited Guarantor hereby expressly and unconditionally waives any and all defenses specifically available to a guarantor. Limited Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that the waivers set forth in this guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
 
55

7.2 Further Assurances . The Group, each Warrantor and the Purchasers will from time to   time execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do all acts and things as the other party may, either before or after the Closing Date, reasonably require to effectively carry out or better evidence or perfect the full intent and meaning of this Agreement. The Purchasers further agree to assume the obligations undertaken as of the Closing Date by the Group to the former Group employees listed in Schedule X regarding the immigration and work visa status of such employees, so long as such employees are employed by the Purchasers.

7.3 Transition Period . From the Closing Date until the date that is thirty (30) days thereafter   the Group shall collect on the Purchasers’ behalf any monies received in respect of the Assets and the Business and shall hold such funds in trust for the benefit of the Purchasers and shall remit such funds to the Purchasers forthwith upon receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Group shall, after expiration of the Transition Period, continue to hold any such funds received or collected in trust for the benefit of the Purchasers and shall remit to the Purchasers any monies or invoices received in respect of the Business forthwith upon receipt.

7.4 Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

7.5 Commissions . The Group and the Warrantor, jointly and severally, will indemnify and   save harmless the Purchasers, from and against all Claims for any commission or other remuneration payable or alleged to be payable to any person in respect of the sale and purchase of the Assets, where such person purports to act or have acted for the Group, or the Warrantor in connection with the sale of the Assets and the Business. The Purchasers, jointly and severally, will indemnify and save harmless the Group and the Warrantor, from and against all Claims for any commission or other remuneration payable or alleged to be payable to any person in respect of the sale and purchase of the Assets, whether such person purports to act or have acted for the Purchasers in connection with the sale of the Assets and the Business.

7.6 Fees, Expenses and Taxes . Each party hereto shall bear its own legal, accounting, due   diligence and out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each party hereto in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and all documents and instruments executed pursuant hereto. The Group will pay all VAT, sales, use, transfer, documentary and similar taxes and any payments required for assignment in connection with the delivery of the Assets to be made hereunder.
 
56

7.7 Benefit of the Agreement . The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely   for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors or permitted assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

7.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties   hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the parties hereto with respect thereto. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory, between the parties other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

7.9 Amendments and Waivers . No amendment to this Agreement will be valid or binding   unless set forth in writing and duly executed by all of the parties hereto. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement will be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided, will be limited to the specific breach waived.

7.10 Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by the Group or the Warrantor without   the written consent of the Purchasers but may be assigned by the Purchasers without the consent of the other parties to an associated nominee of the Purchasers provided that such associated nominee enters into a written agreement with the other parties to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement in all respects and to the same extent as the Purchasers are bound.

7.11 Notices . Any demand, notice or other communication to be given in connection with this   Agreement will be given in writing and will be given by personal delivery, by registered mail or by electronic means of communication addressed to the recipient as follows:

To the Purchasers:

Gary Jonas Computing
8133 Warden Avenue, Suite 400 Markham, Ontario,
L6G 1B3
Attention:       Barry Symons, CEO
Email: Barry.Symons@jonassoftware.com
 
With a copy to:

Constellation Software Inc.
20 Adelaide Street East, Suite 1200
Toronto, Ontario
M5C 2T6
Fax: 416-861-2287
Attention:        Mark Dennison, General Counsel
Email: mdennison@csisoftware.com
57

To the Limited Guarantor:

Constellation Software Inc.
20 Adelaide Street East, Suite 1200 Toronto, Ontario
M5C 2T6
Fax: 416-861-2287
Attention:       Mark Dennison, General Counsel
Email: mdennison@csisoftware.com

To the Group and Warrantor:

c/o PAR Technology Corporation
PAR Technology Park
8383 Seneca Turnpike New
Hartford, NY 134Fax:
Attention:       Viola A. Murdock
Vice President, General Counsel &
Secretary Email: vi_murdock@partech.com

or to such other address, individual or electronic communication number as may be designated by notice given by either party to the other. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery will be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by registered mail, on the fifth Business Day following the deposit thereof in the mail and, if given by electronic communication, on the day of transmittal thereof if given during the normal business hours of the recipient and on the Business Day during which such normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours on any day. If the party giving any demand, notice or other communication knows or ought reasonably to know of any difficulties with the postal system that might affect the delivery of mail, any such demand, notice or other communication may not be mailed but must be given by personal delivery or by electronic communication.

7.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties in separate counterparts   each of which when so executed and delivered (by facsimile transmission or otherwise) shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

7.13 Announcements . All announcements, public notices and any other communication   regarding this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby to be made by the Group must be approved in writing in advance by the Purchasers.
 
58

7.14 Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by and will be construed in accordance with   the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law provisions thereof.

7.15 Schedules . Headings and designations in the Group Disclosure Schedules are for   convenience only and shall not be used to interpret any provision of the Group Disclosure Schedules. Initially capitalized terms used in the Group Disclosure Schedules, unless otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in this Agreement.
 
 
[signature page follows]
 
59

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
 
GARY JONAS COMPUTING LTD.
 
By:
/s/ Barry Symons
 
 
Name:    Barry Symons
 
Title:      Director
 
SMS SOFTWARE HOLDINGS LLC
 
By:
/s/ Barry Symons
 
 
Name:    Barry Symons
 
Title:      Manager
 
JONAS COMPUTING (UK)LTD
 
By:
/s/ Barry Symons
 
 
Name:    Barry Symons
 
Title:      Director
 
PAR SPRINGER-MILLER SYSTEMS,INC.
 
By:
/s/ Ronald J. Casciano  
 
Name:    Ronald J. Casciano
 
Title:      Treasurer
 
SPRINGER-MILLER INTERNATIONAL,LLC.
 
By:
/s/ Ronald J. Casciano  
 
Name:    Ronald J. Casciano
 
Title:      Treasurer
 
SPRINGER-MILLER CANADA,ULC
 
By:
/s/ Ronald J. Casciano  
 
Name:    Ronald J. Casciano
 
Title:      Treasurer
 
PARTECH,INC.
 
By:
/s/ Ronald J. Casciano  
 
Name:    Ronald J. Casciano
 
Title:      Treasurer
 
Project Paradise Purchase Agreement-Signature Page
 
60

For purposes of section 7.1 only,
CONSTELLATION SOFTWARE INC.
 
By:
/s/ Jamal Baksh  
 
Name:    Jamal Baksh
 
Title:      Chief Financial Officer
 
Project Paradise Purchase Agreement-Signature Page
 
 
61


Exhibit 10.27
 

November  16, 2015
 
 
Ms. Karen Sammon
****
 
 
Dear Karen;

On behalf of the Board of Directors of PAR Technology Corporation ("PAR"), I  am pleased to offer you a promotion to the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of PAR effective January 1, 2016 (“Start Date”).    This offer and your employment relationship are subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

Position
Commensurate with this assignment, you will have the title of Chief Executive Officer and President of PAR Technology Corporation, reporting to the Board of Directors (the "Board").   As soon as practicable, you will be appointed to the Board of Directors.

Your position will be located at PAR's corporate headquarters in New Hartford, New York.  You will be expected to devote your full working time and attention exclusively to the business and interests of PAR and to comply with and be bound by PAR's operating policies, procedures and practices.  You may not render services to any other business without prior approval of the Board of Directors, nor engage or participate, directly or indirectly, in any business that is competitive in any manner with the businesses of PAR.

Annual Base Salary
As of the Start Date, you will be compensated at an annualized salary of $300,000 ("Annual Base Salary"), subject to applicable payroll deductions and such federal, state and local taxes and other withholdings as are required by law.  The Annual Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with PAR's standard payroll practices in effect from time to time. 

Annual Cash Bonus
While employed hereunder, you will be eligible to receive an "Annual Cash Bonus" in accordance with the terms of PAR's Annual Incentive Compensation Plan ("AICP") and shall be based upon performance against financial targets associated with the Annual Operating Plan ("AOP") and specific business objectives determined by the Board of  Directors on an annual basis.  Your participation level for on target performance for 2016 AICP will be up 75% of your Annual Base Salary with performance metrics to be established by the Board.
 

Ms. K. Sammon
November 16, 2015
Page -2-

One-Time Stock Option Award
Subject to any trading black out periods that may be imposed from time to time by the Company,you will be granted 50,000 non-qualified stock options (“Stock Options”) at the Board’s next scheduled date for equity grants. Such options will be granted at the fair market value of the stock as of the market close on the date of grant and will vest in three (3) equal installments over three years (i.e., 16,666 shares of the grant will vest each year on the anniversary of the grant date), with the first 16,666 shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant.  The final vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the grant will be 16,667. The grant will be subject to the terms of the applicable Equity Incentive Plan and the standard terms of equity grants as have been approved by the Board.

One-Time Performance Based Restricted Stock Award
You will also be granted 30,000 shares of performance-based  restricted stock at the Board’s next scheduled date for equity grants. These shares will will vest in equal installments over three years (i.e., 10,000 shares of the grant will vest each year) with the achievement of financial metrics as established by the Board.  A description of these metrics will be provided under separate cover.  The grant will be subject to the terms of the applicable Equity Incentive Plan and the standard terms of equity grants as have been approved by the Board.  

Severance
Should your employment be terminated before the second year anniversary of the Start Date by PAR for any reason other than for Cause, PAR will pay you a severance amount equal to one year of your then current Annual Base Salary in exchange for a duly executed standard release of claims. 

Benefits
You will be eligible to participate in all standard employee benefit plans as may be in effect and as amended from time to time for PAR employees generally. Your participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents, as well as generally applicable policies associated with such benefits, as such plan documents and policies may be amended from time to time. 

Your employment with PAR will be “at-will”.  This means your employment is not for any specific period of time and can be terminated by you at any time for any reason.  Likewise, PAR may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

This offer will remain open for three (3) days from the date of this letter. To indicate your acceptance of PAR’s offer on the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me no later than three days from the date of this letter.
 

Ms. K. Sammon
November 16, 2015
Page -3-
 
We look forward to working with you in your role as the leader of PAR’s executive management team.

Sincerely,
 
 
Paul Eurek
Chairman, Compensation Committee
Board of Directors
PAR Technology Corporation
 
 
I have read this offer letter in its entirety and agree to the terms and conditions of employment.  I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.
 
 
     
Karen Sammon
 
Date
 
 


Exhibit10.28
 

 
December 10, 2015
 
 
Mr. Matthew Cicchinelli
****
 
 
 
RE:
OFFER OF PROMOTION TO PRESIDENT OF PAR’S GOVERNMENT BUSINESSES

Dear Matt;

On behalf of the Board of Directors of PAR Technology Corporation ("PAR"), I am pleased to offer you a promotion to the position of President, PAR Government Systems Corporation and Rome Research Corporation effective December 12, 2015 (“Start Date”).  This offer and your employment relationship are subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

Position
Commensurate with this offer, you will have the title of President, PAR Government Systems Corporation and Rome Research Corporation, reporting to the CEO & President, PAR Technology Corporation.  

Your position will be located in the PAR Government offices in Rome, New York.  You will be expected to devote your full working time and attention exclusively to the business and interests of PAR and to comply with and be bound by PAR's operating policies, procedures and practices.  You may not render services to any other business without prior approval of the Board of Directors, nor engage or participate, directly or indirectly, in any business that is competitive in any manner with the businesses of PAR.

Annual Base Salary
As of the Start Date, you will be compensated at an annualized salary of $240,000 ("Annual Base Salary"), subject to applicable payroll deductions and such federal, state and local taxes and other withholdings as are required by law.  The Annual Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with PAR's standard payroll practices in effect from time to time.
 
Annual Cash Bonus
While employed hereunder, you will be eligible to receive an "Annual Cash Bonus" in accordance with the terms of PAR's Annual Incentive Compensation Plan ("AICP") and shall be based upon performance against financial targets associated with the Annual Operating Plan (“AOP”) and specific business objectives determined by the Board of Directors on an annual basis.  Your participation level for on target performance for 2016 AICP will be 50%   of your Annual Base Salary with performance metrics to be established by the Board. 
 

Mr. M. Cicchinelli
December 10, 2015
Page -2-
 
One-Time Performance Based Restricted Stock Award
You will also be granted 20,000 shares of performance-based restricted stock at the Board’s next scheduled date for equity grants. These shares will vest in equal installments over three years (i.e., 6,666 shares of the grant will vest each year) with the achievement of financial metrics as established by the Board. The first 6,666 will vest with achievement of metrics on the first anniversary of the grant.  The final vesting with the third year of financial performance achievement will yield 6,667 shares.  A description of these metrics will be provided under separate cover.  The grant will be subject to the terms of the applicable Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of grant as approved by the Board.  

Long Term Incentive Program
The Board is committed to maintaining an equity-based long term incentive ("LTI") program under the PAR Technology Corporation 2015 Equity Incentive Plan designed to provide to senior management equity-based incentives tied to long- term financial performance goals.  You will be eligible for consideration for future grants under this program.

Your employment with PAR will be “at-will.”  This means your employment is not for any specific period of time and can be terminated by you at any time for any reason.  Likewise, PAR may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

This offer will remain open for three (3) days from the date of this letter.  To indicate your acceptance of PAR’s offer on the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me no later than three days from the date of this letter.

We look forward to working with you in your role as the leader of PAR’s Government business unit.

Sincerely,
 
 
Ronald J. Casciano
CEO & President
PAR Technology Corporation
 

Mr. M. Cicchinelli
December 10, 2015
Page -3-
 
 
I have read this offer letter in its entirety and agree to the terms and conditions of employment.  I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.
 
 
     
Matthew R. Cicchinelli
 
Date
 
 


Exhibit 10.29
 
[Execution Version]
 
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Fourth Amendment ”), dated as of March 24, 2016, is entered into by and among PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (“ PAR ”), the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement, and together with PAR, the “ Borrowers ” or the “ Loan Parties ”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (“ Lender ”).

BACKGROUND

Lender and the Loan Parties are parties to a certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2014, as amended as of the date hereof (as the same may be further amended, modified, extended or restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) pursuant to which Lender has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to the Loan Parties from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof.

The Loan Parties have requested that Lender agree to amend the Credit Agreement, and Lender has agreed to amend the Credit Agreement subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party hereby agrees as follows:

1.               Amendments to Credit Agreement . As of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (as defined below in Section 3), the Credit Agreement is amended as follows:

(a)            Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new definitions in the appropriate alphabetical order to read as follows:

Fourth Amendment ” that certain Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2016, by and among the Loan Parties and Lender.

Fourth Amendment Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Fourth Amendment.

IC Recommendations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.16 of this Agreement.

IC Report ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.16 of this Agreement.

Internal Control Review ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.16 of this Agreement.

(b)            The definition of “Trigger Period” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Trigger Period ”  means the period from and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.
 

(c)            Article V of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 5.16 immediately after Section 5.15 to read as follows:

“SECTION 5.16.  Internal Control Review .  On or prior to April 1, 2016, Borrowers shall have engaged an independent consultant to review Borrowers’ internal controls relating to financial reporting and authorization procedures for financial transactions (including, without limitation, investments) initiated by the Borrowers’ officers (the “ Internal Control Review ”).  On or prior to May 1, 2016 (or such later date as Lender may agree to in writing), Borrowers shall deliver to Lender a report prepared by Borrowers’ consultant that sets forth, in reasonable detail, the results of the Internal Control Review, together with a summary of any recommended changes to Borrowers’ internal control procedures (the “ ICR Report ”).  To the extent the ICR Report sets forth recommended changes to Borrowers’ internal control procedures (“ IC Recommendations ”), Borrowers agree to promptly take commercially reasonable steps to implement (in all material respects) the IC Recommendations.  Upon Lender’s request, Borrowers shall promptly provide periodic updates to Lender (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender) relating to the Internal Control Review,  implementation of IC Recommendations and any ongoing investigations related to the Unauthorized Transactions (as such term is defined in the letter agreement re: Notice of Events of Default and Waiver, dated March 24, 2016, delivered by Lender and acknowledged and agreed to by the Loan Parties).”

(d)            Clause (d) of Article VII of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(d)            any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02(a), 5.03 (with respect to a Loan Party’s existence), 5.08, 5.16 or in Article VI.”

2.              Effect of this Fourth Amendment .  Except as modified pursuant to this Fourth Amendment and the letter agreement re: Notice of Events of Default and Waiver, dated March 24, 2016, delivered by Lender and acknowledged and agreed to by the Loan Parties (the “ Waiver ”), no other changes or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document are intended or implied and in all other respects the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents are hereby specifically ratified, restated and confirmed by all parties hereto as of the date hereof. To the extent of conflict between the terms of this Fourth Amendment, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the terms of this Fourth Amendment shall control.

3.              Conditions to Effectiveness .  This Fourth Amendment shall be effective as of the date the following conditions are satisfied (the “ Fourth Amendment Effective Date ”): (a) Lender has received the Waiver, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and duly authorized, acknowledged, executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties; (b) Lender has received this Fourth Amendment (together with any other Loan Documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith), in each instance, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties; and (c) Lender’s charging, as a Revolving Advance, of all fees, costs and other amounts payable by the Loan Parties to Lender pursuant to, or arising from, this Fourth Amendment, the Waiver, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents.
 
4.              Provisions of General Application .

(a)            The Loan Parties (i) acknowledge and agree that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists in favor of any Loan Party against Lender arising out of or with respect to the this Fourth Amendment, the Waiver, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other arrangement or relationship between the Loan Parties and Lender, and (ii) release, acquit, remise and forever discharge Lender and its affiliates and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action, whether at law or in equity and whether known or unknown, arising out of or with respect to this Fourth Amendment, the Waiver, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other arrangement or relationship between the Loan Parties and Lender.
 
2

(b)            This Fourth Amendment, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written discussions, proposals, negotiations or communications concerning the subject matter hereof.

(c)            After giving effect to this Fourth Amendment and the Waiver, each of the representations and warranties contained in this Fourth Amendment, the Waiver, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof (except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date) and no Default or Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Loan Documents after giving effect to this Fourth Amendment and the Waiver.

(d)            THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPALS).  THE LOAN PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE LOAN PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT, THE UNAUTHORIZED TRANSACTIONS OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED BY THEM IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE AND THE LOAN PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AND CONSENT THAT ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY A TRIAL WITHOUT JURY, AND THAT EITHER PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF ITS CONSENT TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(e)            This Fourth Amendment is a Loan Document.   The Loan Documents, as supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Fourth Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Fourth Amendment.

[Signature pages follow]
 
3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fourth Amendment as of the date first above written.

 
LOAN PARTIES
 
       
 
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
       
 
AUSABLE SOLUTIONS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
       
 
PAR GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
       
 
PAR SPRINGER-MILLER SYSTEMS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
       
 
ROME RESEARCH CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
       
 
SPRINGER-MILLER INTERNATIONAL, LLC
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
 
[Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 
PARTECH, INC.
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
       
 
BRINK SOFTWARE, INC.
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
       
 
SPRINGER-MILLER CANADA, ULC
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
       
 
PAR CANADA, ULC
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
 
[Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
       
 
By:
   
  Name:
Marie C. Duhamel
 
  Title:
Authorized Officer
 
 
 
[Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement]


EXHIBIT 22

Subsidiaries of PAR Technology Corporation

Name
State of Incorporation
   
ParTech, Inc.
New York
   
PAR Government Systems Corporation
New York
   
Ausable Solutions, Inc.
Delaware
 
 


EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PAR Technology Corporation
New Hartford, New York
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-102197) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-119828, 33-04968, 33-39784, 33-58110, 33-63095, 333-137647 and 333-208063) of PAR Technology Corporation of our report dated March 30, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Form 10-K.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

New York, New York
March 30, 2016
 
 


EXHIBIT 31.1
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
I, Karen E. Sammon, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of PAR Technology Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2015;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluations; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability  to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 30, 2016
/s/ Karen E. Sammon
 
 
Karen E. Sammon
 
 
Chief Executive Officer & President
 
 
 


EXHIBIT 31.2
PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
I, Matthew J. Trinkaus, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of PAR Technology Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2015;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluations; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability  to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 30, 2016
/s/Matthew J. Trinkaus
 
 
Matthew J. Trinkaus
 
 
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
 
 
 


EXHIBIT 32.1

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of PAR Technology Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Karen E. Sammon, Chief Executive Officer & President of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of our knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirement of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Karen E. Sammon
 
Karen E. Sammon
 
Chief Executive Officer & President
 
March 30, 2016
 
 
 


EXHIBIT 32.2

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of PAR Technology Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Matthew J. Trinkaus, Controller & Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of our knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirement of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Matthew J. Trinkaus
 
Matthew J. Trinkaus
 
Controller & Chief Accounting Officer
 
March 30, 2016